GENERAL CABLE CORP /DE/
S-1/A, 1997-04-22
DRAWING & INSULATING OF NONFERROUS WIRE
Previous: ALLIANCE LIMITED MATURITY GOVERNMENT FUND INC, 497, 1997-04-22
Next: FINISH LINE INC /DE/, SC 13D, 1997-04-22




<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 22, 1997
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-22961
________________________________________________________________________________

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                           GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
               DELAWARE                                  3357                                 06-1398235
   (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF           (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                  (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)           CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                 IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                               4 TESSENEER DRIVE
                        HIGHLAND HEIGHTS, KENTUCKY 41076
                                 (606) 572-8000
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               STEPHEN RABINOWITZ
                CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                           GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
                               4 TESSENEER DRIVE
                        HIGHLAND HEIGHTS, KENTUCKY 41076
                                 (606) 572-8000
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
                 ELLEN J. ODONER, ESQ.                                   GEOFFREY E. LIEBMANN, ESQ.
               WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP                                 CAHILL GORDON & REINDEL
                    767 FIFTH AVENUE                                           80 PINE STREET
                NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10153                                  NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
                     (212) 310-8000                                            (212) 701-3000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. [ ]
 
     If this form  is filed to  register additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If this form is  a post-effective amendment filed  pursuant to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and  list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
 
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
     This  Registration Statement  contains two forms  of prospectus:  one to be
used in connection with an underwritten public offering in the United States and
Canada of 13,520,000 shares  (the 'U.S. Prospectus'),  and one to  be used in  a
concurrent  underwritten public offering outside the United States and Canada of
3,380,000 shares  (the 'International  Prospectus').  The two  prospectuses  are
identical except for the front and back cover pages. The form of U.S. Prospectus
is  included herein  and is followed  by the alternate  pages to be  used in the
International Prospectus.  Each of  the alternate  pages for  the  International
Prospectus  included herein  is labeled  'International Prospectus  -- Alternate
Page.' Final forms  of each  Prospectus will be  filed with  the Securities  and
Exchange Commission under Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933.
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 22, 1997
    
 
                               16,900,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     All of the 16,900,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
'Common Stock'), of General Cable Corporation ('General Cable' or the 'Company')
offered  hereby are being sold by  Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., a Netherlands
corporation (the 'Selling Stockholder'), in  concurrent offerings in the  United
States  and Canada and  outside the United States  and Canada (collectively, the
'Offerings'). Of  such shares,  13,520,000 are  initially being  offered in  the
United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters (the 'United States Offering')
and  3,380,000 are initially being offered  outside the United States and Canada
by the International Underwriters (the 'International Offering'). The per  share
price to the public and per share underwriting discounts and commissions for the
Offerings  will be identical.  See 'Underwriting.' The  Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares offered hereby.
 
   
     Prior to the Offerings, the Company  has been a wholly-owned subsidiary  of
the  Selling Stockholder. Following  consummation of the  Offerings, the Selling
Stockholder will own approximately 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(or approximately 20%  of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock  if the  U.S.
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
    
 
   
     Prior  to the  Offerings there  has been  no public  market for  the Common
Stock. It is currently estimated that  the initial public offering price of  the
Common Stock will be between $21.00 and $24.00 per share. See 'Underwriting' for
the  factors to be considered in  determining the initial public offering price.
The Common Stock has been  approved for listing on  the New York Stock  Exchange
(the 'NYSE'), subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol 'GCN'.
    
 
     FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, SEE 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGES 7 - 11.
                            ------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE  SECURITIES
  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
       PASSED   UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.
        ANY REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Underwriting              Proceeds to
                                                          Price to               Discounts and                Selling
                                                           Public                 Commissions*             Stockholder`D'
<S>                                               <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Share.......................................             $                         $                         $
Total`DD'.......................................  $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
* The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholder  have  agreed  to  indemnify  the
  Underwriters against  certain  liabilities, including  liabilities  under  the
  Securities Act of 1933. See 'Underwriting.'
   
    
 
   
`D' Before  deducting expenses of the Offerings estimated to be $       , all of
    which are payable by the Selling Stockholder.
    
 
   
`DD' The Selling Stockholder has granted  the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day  option
     to  purchase up to 2,535,000 additional shares  of Common Stock on the same
     terms per share solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option  is
     exercised in full, the total price to public will be $          , the total
     underwriting  discounts and commissions will  be $            and the total
     proceeds to  the  Selling  Stockholder  will  be $                   .  See
     'Underwriting.'
    
                            ------------------------
     The  Common Stock is being  offered by the Underwriters  as set forth under
'Underwriting' herein. It is expected that delivery of the Common Stock  offered
hereby  will be made  at the offices of  Dillon, Read & Co.  Inc., New York, New
York, or through  the facilities  of The Depository  Trust Company  on or  about
               , 1997, against payment therefor. The U.S. Underwriters include:
 
DILLON, READ & CO. INC.                                      MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
            The date of this Prospectus is                   , 1997.
 
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                           [Art work to be inserted]
 



                            ------------------------
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE  OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN  TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE, MAINTAIN  OR OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE  PRICE OF  THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZATION,  SYNDICATE COVERING  TRANSACTIONS  AND
IMPOSITION  OF  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THESE  ACTIVITIES,  SEE
'UNDERWRITING.'
 
                                       2
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The  following summary is qualified in its  entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements (and
the notes related  thereto) included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus. Unless  the
context  otherwise requires or as otherwise specified herein, (i) all references
in this Prospectus  to 'General  Cable' or the  'Company' are  to General  Cable
Corporation  and  its consolidated  subsidiaries and  the Related  Companies (as
defined herein); (ii) all information in  this Prospectus assumes that the  U.S.
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is  not exercised; and  (iii) the number of
shares of Common  Stock outstanding  after the Offerings  assumes the  issuance,
pursuant  to the Company's Long-Term Stock  Incentive Plan (the 'Stock Incentive
Plan'), of  $5.6 million  of restricted  stock (or  250,000 shares  assuming  an
initial  public offering price of $22.50) expected to be issued to the Company's
executive officers and other  key employees upon  consummation of the  Offerings
(the 'Restricted Stock Issuance').
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     General  Cable  is  a  leader  in  the  development,  design,  manufacture,
marketing  and  distribution  of  copper   wire  and  cable  products  for   the
communications  and electrical markets. Copper wire and cable is the most widely
used medium for the transmission of  voice, data, video and control signals  and
electrical  current.  The  Company  believes  that  several  factors,  including
technological innovations and the  size of the installed  base of copper  cable,
will  preserve copper's position as the medium of choice for these applications.
Based on publicly available  data and internal  estimates, the Company  believes
that  it has the most  diversified product line and  channels of distribution in
the  U.S.  wire   and  cable   industry.  General  Cable's   products  for   the
communications  markets include plastic insulated cable ('PIC'), outside service
wire,  high-bandwidth  twisted   pair  data  cable,   multi-conductor/multi-pair
shielded  and unshielded  cable, coaxial  cable and  fiber optic  cable. General
Cable's products for the electrical markets include building wire, portable cord
and  cordsets  for  construction,  industrial  and  consumer  applications,  and
automotive  wire  and cable.  The Company  sells to  more than  8,500 customers,
including electrical, data communications and electronic distribution companies,
automotive, hardware  and  home  center retail  chains,  and  telecommunications
companies and other end users.
 
     Since  its acquisition by  a subsidiary of Wassall  PLC ('Wassall') in June
1994 (the  'Acquisition'),  General  Cable has  benefitted  from  a  significant
reorganization  and capital investment program. Net sales have grown from $794.2
million in 1993 to  $1,043.6 million in 1996,  while operating profit has  grown
from  $2.3 million to $78.5 million over the same period. General Cable believes
that this  program  has  improved  the Company's  market  position  and  further
enhanced the following competitive strengths of the Company:
 
     Breadth of product line. General Cable sells over 11,000 products, which it
believes represents the most diversified product line of any U.S. wire and cable
manufacturer. As a result, General Cable is able to offer its customers a single
source  for most of their wire and  cable requirements. In addition, the Company
believes that  it  benefits  from  certain economies  of  scale  in  purchasing,
manufacturing, sales, distribution, and engineering and development.
 
   
     Brand  recognition. General  Cable has  many well-established  brand names,
including Carol'r', Romex'r'  and Vutron'r'.  According to  the 1995-1996  brand
preference  survey by Electrical  Construction & Maintenance,  an industry trade
publication, General Cable has the highest-ranked brands of building wire in the
U.S. among electrical contractors and operators of plants and facilities and the
highest ranked brands of  heavy-duty portable cable and  cord in the U.S.  among
electrical  contractors,  operators  of plants  and  facilities  and engineering
firms.
    
 
     Distribution strength.  General Cable's  network of  17 U.S.  manufacturing
facilities  and five regional  distribution centers allows  the Company to serve
customers efficiently throughout the U.S.  General Cable's products are sold  by
its  direct  sales  force  and commissioned  agents  through  multiple channels,
including electrical, data communications and electronic distribution companies,
and automotive, hardware  and home  center retail  chains, and  directly to  end
users  in the industrial, entertainment  and communications markets. The Company
believes that its combination of retail and wholesale channels has enabled it to
develop broad-based  technical and  marketing  expertise, which  contributes  to
additional sales volume and market penetration.
 
     Customer  selection, sales and service.  General Cable has developed supply
relationships with  preferred  customers who  have  a favorable  combination  of
volume,  product mix, business strategy and  industry position. For example, the
Company believes it is  a leading supplier  of wire and  cable to AutoZone,  the
largest  retailer of automotive aftermarket parts  in the United States; Graybar
Electric, one of the largest  electrical and communications distributors in  the
United States; W.W. Grainger, a
 
                                       3
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
leading  distributor  of maintenance,  repair and  operating (MRO)  supplies and
related information; U  S WEST,  Inc. ('U S  WEST'), a  Regional Bell  Operating
Company ('RBOC'); ACE Hardware, a leading retail cooperative; Milwaukee Electric
Tool  Corporation, a  leading manufacturer  of power  tools; and  AMP, a leading
supplier of  data  networking  systems.  The  Company  serves  these  and  other
customers  with a number  of service and  support programs, including Electronic
Data Interchange ('EDI')  with over 60  of the Company's  largest customers  and
innovative point-of-sale merchandising display systems.
    
 
     Improved  operating efficiency.  Since the  Acquisition, General  Cable has
taken a  number  of  initiatives  designed  to  improve  its  profitability  and
productivity,  including investment in new  production equipment and information
systems;  rationalization  of  manufacturing   facilities  and  product   lines;
consolidation  of distribution  locations; product  redesign; improved materials
procurement and  usage;  and  the  establishment of  business  teams  and  other
organizational  changes.  The  Company  believes  that  these  initiatives  have
generated significant productivity improvements  since the Acquisition and  that
further productivity improvements can be achieved.
 
                                THE REFINANCING
 
   
     Concurrently  with consummation of the  Offerings, General Cable intends to
make an initial  borrowing of approximately  $271.8 million under  a new  $350.0
million  credit facility to be entered into  with a syndicate of banks (the 'New
Credit Facility'). The Company intends to use the proceeds of such borrowing  to
(i)  repay  all  of  its  revolving  bank  debt  (which  is  anticipated  to  be
approximately $26.1 million on the date  of the consummation of the  Offerings);
(ii)  repay  all  intercompany  debt  and  advances  owed  to  Wassall  and  its
subsidiaries (which, together with accrued  interest, are anticipated to  amount
to  approximately  $200.7  million  on  the  date  of  the  consummation  of the
Offerings); (iii) pay  $42.6 million as  a dividend to  the Selling  Stockholder
(the  'Selling Stockholder Dividend'); (iv) pay $2.0 million for the purchase of
two related  companies,  Carol Cable  Europe  Ltd.  and Carol  Cable  Ltd.  (the
'Related  Companies'),  from  Wassall; and  (v)  pay estimated  expenses  of the
Refinancing of $0.4 million. The refinancing of bank debt and intercompany  debt
and advances, Selling Stockholder Dividend and purchase of the Related Companies
are  referred  to herein  collectively as  the 'Refinancing.'  See 'Management's
Discussion   and   Analysis    of   Financial   Condition    and   Results    of
Operations  -- Liquidity and  Capital Resources' and  'Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions.'
    
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder:
     United States Offering.....................   13,520,000 shares
     International Offering.....................    3,380,000 shares
                                                   -----------------
          Total.................................   16,900,000 shares
                                                   -----------------
                                                   -----------------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>
Common  Stock  to   be  outstanding  after   the
  Offerings.....................................  24,500,000 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds.................................  The  Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the
                                                    shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
NYSE symbol.....................................  GCN
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Reflects the Restricted Stock Issuance.  Excludes an aggregate of  1,103,750
    shares  of Common  Stock to  be reserved for  issuance upon  the exercise of
    options expected to be granted at  the initial public offering price to  the
    Company's  executive  officers and  key employees  upon consummation  of the
    Offerings  pursuant   to   the   Stock  Incentive   Plan.   See   'Executive
    Compensation -- Stock Incentive Plan.'
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective  purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby should carefully
consider all information set forth in this Prospectus, including the information
set forth  in  'Risk Factors'  on  pages 7-11,  prior  to making  an  investment
decision.
 
                                       4
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
             (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND CERTAIN OTHER DATA)
 
   
     The  summary  financial data  set forth  in the  following table  have been
derived  from  the  combined  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and   the
consolidated  financial statements of the Predecessor  (as defined herein). As a
result of the Acquisition, which was accounted for as a purchase, the  Company's
results  of operations, cash flows and financial position for periods after June
8, 1994 are not comparable to prior periods. Certain reclassifications have been
made to the financial data of the Predecessor to conform to the presentation  of
such data by the Company.
    
 
   
     The  pro forma statement  of operations data  give pro forma  effect to the
Refinancing as if  it had occurred  on January  1, 1996. The  pro forma  balance
sheet  data give pro  forma effect to  the Refinancing and  the Restricted Stock
Issuance as if  they had occurred  on March  31, 1997. The  pro forma  financial
adjustments  are based upon  available information and  certain assumptions that
the Company believes are reasonable. Such  pro forma data are for  informational
purposes  only  and  may not  be  indicative  of the  results  of  operations or
financial position of the Company had  the Refinancing and the Restricted  Stock
Issuance actually occurred on such dates.
    
   
     The  following summary  financial data should  be read  in conjunction with
'Selected Financial Data,' 'Unaudited  Pro Forma Financial Data,'  'Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results of Operations,' the
combined financial statements of the Company  and related notes thereto and  the
consolidated  financial statements of the  Predecessor and related notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PREDECESSOR                           THE COMPANY
                                                    ------------      -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              YEAR ENDED        THREE  MONTHS ENDED
                                                    JANUARY 1 TO       JUNE 9 TO             DECEMBER 31,            MARCH 31,
                                                      JUNE 8,         DECEMBER 31,      ----------------------  -------------------
                                                        1994              1994            1995          1996         1996      1997
                                                    ------------      ------------      --------      --------      ------   -------
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net sales.....................................     $355.0            $543.3         $1,061.3      $1,043.6      $258.0   $251.0
    Gross profit..................................       44.2              73.4            138.7         188.3        36.0     48.8
    Operating income..............................        1.1              20.3             44.5          78.5         8.9     19.2
    Interest expense, net.........................      (12.1)            (11.0)           (20.7)        (19.6)       (5.2)    (4.9)
    Earnings (loss) before income taxes...........      (11.0)              9.3             23.8          58.9         3.7     14.3
    Income tax benefit (provision)................         .1              (6.5)             1.5(1)      (19.7)       (1.2)    (5.7)
    Net income (loss).............................      (10.9)              2.8             25.3          39.2         2.5      8.6
    Earnings per share(2).........................                       $  .12         $   1.04      $   1.62      $  .10   $  .35
    Weighted average number of shares                                                                                               
      outstanding(2)..............................                         24.3             24.3          24.3        24.3     24.3 
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                                                                             
    Operating income..............................                                                    $   78.5               $ 19.2 
    Interest expense, net(3)......................                                                       (14.1)                (3.4)
    Net income....................................                                                        42.5                  9.5 
    Earnings per share(2).........................                                                    $   1.75               $  .39 
OTHER DATA:                                                                                                                         
    Average daily New York Commodity Exchange                                                                                       
      ('COMEX') price per pound of copper                                                                                           
      cathode.....................................     $ 0.91            $ 1.20(4)      $   1.35      $   1.06      $ 1.18   $ 1.11 
    Capital expenditures..........................     $  6.2            $  9.1         $   26.2      $   30.0      $  5.6   $  4.0 
    Depreciation and amortization of fixed                                                                                          
      assets......................................        7.5               6.7             11.7          12.1         3.0      3.3 
    Number of employees (end of period)...........                        4,200            4,100         3,900       4,100    3,800 
                                                                                                                          
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,                           MARCH 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------------------            ---------
                                                                          1994            1995          1996                 1997
                                                                      ------------      --------      --------            ---------
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>   <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Working capital...............................                       $224.8         $  234.4      $  205.6               $214.9
    Total assets..................................                        518.7            535.6         513.6                540.3
    Long-term debt................................                        206.5            205.9         205.1                204.9
    Shareholders' equity..........................                         97.6            122.9         107.4(5)             115.8
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                                                                
    Working capital...............................                                                                           $214.9
    Total assets(6)...............................                                                                            540.7
    Long-term debt(7).............................                                                                            251.6
    Shareholders' equity(8).......................                                                                             78.8

</TABLE>
    
 
                                                   (footnotes on following page)
 
                                       5
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)
 
(1) At December  31, 1995,  the Company  recognized the  full value  of its  net
    deferred  tax assets; accordingly, goodwill  recorded in the Acquisition was
    eliminated and the  Company recognized a  tax benefit of  $1.7 million.  See
    Note 11 to combined financial statements.
 
   
(2) Earnings  per share was computed based on the weighted average common shares
    outstanding for each period, adjusted for a 121,250-for-1 stock split.
    
 
   
(3) Adjusted to  reflect  a net  decrease  in interest  expense  resulting  from
    consummation of the Refinancing. The adjustments include: (i) elimination of
    interest  expense  to related  parties of  $19.6 million  for 1996  and $4.8
    million for  the  three months  ended  March  31, 1997  resulting  from  the
    expected  repayment of $195.8 million of  intercompany long-term debt with a
    weighted average interest rate of 9.9%  per annum; (ii) interest expense  on
    the  New Credit Facility of $13.7 million  for 1996 and $3.3 million for the
    three months ended March 31, 1997  reflecting an interest rate of 5.75%  per
    annum  (representing a  37.5 basis  point spread  over the  one month London
    interbank offered rate ('LIBOR')) and  $242.1 million of average  borrowings
    assumed  to  be  outstanding  during  1996  and  $245.1  million  of average
    borrowings assumed to be outstanding during the three months ended March 31,
    1997 (based upon  the estimated initial  borrowing of $242.4  million as  of
    January  1,  1996)  and  General  Cable's  actual  borrowing  and  repayment
    experience in 1996  and the  three months ended  March 31,  1997; and  (iii)
    amortization of deferred financing costs. Historical interest income in 1996
    included $0.4 million of earnings on excess cash, which were assumed to have
    been eliminated as a result of the Refinancing.
    
   
    
   
    
 
   
(4) The average daily COMEX price per pound for the full year 1994 was $1.07.
    
 
   
(5) After the payment of dividends totaling $55.1 million.
    
 
   
(6) Adjusted  to reflect  capitalization of  estimated deferred  financing costs
    related to the Refinancing.
    
 
   
(7) Adjusted to reflect an  initial borrowing under the  New Credit Facility  of
    $267.7 million at March 31, 1997 and the use of the proceeds as follows: (i)
    repayment  of intercompany indebtedness of $195.8 million; (ii) repayment of
    $25.2 million of outstanding  bank debt; (iii) payment  of $42.6 million  as
    the  Selling  Stockholder Dividend;  (iv) payment  of  $2.0 million  for the
    purchase of  the  Related  Companies;  (v)  repayment  of  $1.7  million  of
    intercompany  advances owed  by the Related  Companies to  Wassall; and (vi)
    payment of $0.4 million of estimated expenses of the Refinancing.
    
 
   
(8) Adjusted to reflect (i) the  Selling Stockholder Dividend of $42.6  million;
    and (ii) the Restricted Stock Issuance.
    
 
                                       6

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In  addition  to  the  other  information  set  forth  in  this Prospectus,
prospective purchasers  of  the Common  Stock  offered hereby  should  carefully
consider the following factors before making an investment in the Common Stock.
 
PRICE AND OTHER COMPETITIVE FACTORS
 
   
     Price   competition  for  many  of   the  Company's  products  is  intense,
particularly in certain segments of the  building wire and cordset markets,  and
many of the Company's products are essentially functionally interchangeable with
those of competitors. A substantial portion of General Cable's sales of building
wire, including its thermoplastic-insulated temperature-resistant nylon ('THHN')
and  Romex'r' products, which collectively accounted for approximately one-third
of the  Company's 1996  net sales,  are  made to  customers who  purchase  their
requirements  on an as-needed  basis. These customers  typically contact several
potential suppliers and make their purchases  based, at least in part, upon  the
lowest quoted price. Although a favorable pricing environment for these products
existed  in the second half of 1996 and  the first quarter of 1997, there can be
no assurance that this pricing environment will continue.
    
 
     The markets  for  all of  General  Cable's product  categories  are  highly
competitive. Certain of the Company's competitors may have greater financial and
other  resources than the Company and, among  other things, may be less affected
by reductions in margins resulting from price competition. These competitors can
also be expected  to continue  to improve the  design and  performance of  their
products  and to introduce  new products with  competitive price and performance
characteristics. The Company  expects that it  will be required  to continue  to
invest  in product  development, productivity improvements  and customer service
and support in  order to  compete in  its markets. See  ' --  Dependence on  New
Products and Product Improvements; Vulnerability to Technological Change' below.
 
ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS
 
     Many  of General Cable's customers use the Company's products as components
in  their  own  products  or   in  projects  undertaken  for  their   customers.
Accordingly,  a downturn  in the  business of  a particular  group of customers,
particularly those  engaged  in non-residential  construction,  could  adversely
affect  the Company's results of operations,  cash flows and financial position.
Furthermore, an overall  softening in  the U.S. economy  could adversely  affect
generally all the markets General Cable serves.
 
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION AND RELIANCE ON INDEPENDENT NON-EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEM
 
   
     Although  General  Cable  sold products  to  approximately  8,500 customers
during 1996, approximately 60% of its net sales were generated by its 50 largest
customers, approximately 38% of its net sales were generated by its ten  largest
customers  and approximately 10% of its net  sales were generated by its largest
customer, U S WEST, one of the RBOCs. The loss of one or more of these customers
could have a  material adverse effect  on the Company's  results of  operations,
cash  flows  and  financial  position. The  Company  expects  that  its customer
concentration will continue to increase as  the Company pursues its strategy  of
developing supply relationships with preferred customers.
    
 
     In  1996, approximately 55% of General  Cable's net sales were generated by
independent distributors and six of  its ten largest customers were  independent
distributors.  These distributors are  not contractually obligated  to carry the
Company's product  lines exclusively  or  for any  significant period  of  time.
Therefore,  these  distributors  may  purchase products  that  compete  with the
Company's products or cease purchasing the  Company's products at any time.  The
loss  of one or more large distributors  could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
 
IMPACT OF COPPER PRICES
 
   
     The principal raw material  used by General Cable  to manufacture wire  and
cable  products is copper. Copper accounted  for approximately 43%, 50%, 44% and
45% of  the Company's  cost of  goods sold  in 1994,  1995, 1996  and the  first
quarter of 1997, respectively, and the Company expects that copper will continue
to  account for a significant portion of these  costs in the future. The cost of
copper has
    
 
                                       7
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
been subject to  considerable volatility  over the past  several years,  ranging
between  $0.78 and $1.40 per pound in 1994, between $1.21 and $1.46 per pound in
1995, between $0.87 and $1.30 per pound in 1996 and between $1.02 and $1.20  per
pound  in the first quarter of 1997. There  can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to  maintain a satisfactory  differential between finished  product
prices and copper costs or achieve acceptable gross profit margins in the future
and, if it is unable to do so, its operating results will be adversely affected.
In  addition, certain of the Company's variable  selling expenses are based on a
percentage of gross sales and, therefore,  increase with increases in the  price
of  copper.  Sharp increases  in the  price of  copper could  temporarily reduce
demand for the Company's products if  customers decide to defer their  purchases
of  wire and  cable products  until copper  prices decline.  Increases in copper
prices may  also  have  an  adverse effect  on  the  Company's  working  capital
position.  See 'Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations' and 'Business -- Raw Materials.'
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON NEW PRODUCTS AND PRODUCT IMPROVEMENTS; VULNERABILITY TO
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
     Many of the communications markets  that General Cable serves are  affected
by  advances  in information  processing  and communications  capabilities which
require increased data transmission speeds  and greater bandwidth. These  trends
require ongoing improvements in the capabilities of wire and cable products. The
Company believes that its future success will depend in part upon its ability to
enhance  existing products and to develop and manufacture new products that meet
or anticipate  such  changes.  The  failure to  introduce  successfully  new  or
enhanced  products on a timely and  cost-competitive basis could have an adverse
impact on  the  Company's  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  financial
position.
 
     The  communications industry is undergoing  rapid and intense technological
change and participants  in this  industry, including  telephone companies,  are
evaluating  alternative technologies, such as coaxial  and fiber optic cable and
wireless technologies, for certain applications. Cable television companies  are
exploring  opportunities to enter the  telephone market through existing coaxial
cable networks. Fiber  optic technology  represents a  potential substitute  for
certain   of   the   copper-based  communications   products   that  contributed
approximately 17% of General Cable's 1996 net sales. Although fiber optic cables
have not, to date,  significantly penetrated the primary  markets served by  the
Company due to the high relative cost required to interface electronic and light
signals  and the  high cost of  fiber termination and  connection, a significant
decrease in the cost of fiber optic systems could make such systems superior  on
a  price/performance basis to copper systems. Such a significant decrease in the
cost of fiber optic systems would likely have an adverse effect on the  Company.
In addition, wireless communications technology could reduce the demand for both
copper  and fiber  optic-based systems by  reducing the  need for communications
wiring.
 
MANUFACTURING CAPACITY
 
     General Cable is currently operating  its manufacturing facilities at  high
utilization  rates. In order  to meet growing customer  demand, the Company will
need to  invest  in additional  manufacturing  equipment. Failure  to  have  new
equipment  operational in a timely manner or shut-downs of existing capacity due
to breakdowns or other reasons could  adversely affect the Company's results  of
operations, cash flows and financial position.
 
CHANGES IN INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
 
     General  Cable,  as  a  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  wire  and cable
products, is subject to a number of industry standard-setting authorities,  such
as Underwriters Laboratories ('UL'), the Telecommunications Industry Association
and  the Electronics  Industries Association. In  addition, many  of the markets
served by General Cable's products  are subject to standard-setting  authorities
as  well as the requirements of federal, state and local regulatory authorities.
Changes in the standards and requirements imposed by such authorities could have
an adverse  affect on  the  Company. In  addition,  changes in  the  legislative
environment, such as the recently enacted Telecommunications Reform Act of 1996,
could  affect the growth  and other aspects  of important markets  served by the
Company. It  is not  possible  at this  time to  predict  the impact  that  this
legislation, or other changes in laws or industry
 
                                       8
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
standards that may be adopted in the future, could have on the Company's results
of operations, cash flows or financial position.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     General Cable is subject to federal, state, local and foreign environmental
protection  laws and regulations governing its operations and the use, handling,
disposal and remediation of hazardous  substances currently or formerly used  by
the Company or its predecessors. Under certain environmental laws, including but
not  limited  to  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response  &  Liability  Act
('CERCLA'), the Company or its subsidiaries could be held jointly and  severally
responsible  for the remediation of any hazardous substance contamination at its
or its  predecessors'  past or  present  facilities  and at  third  party  waste
disposal sites and could also be held liable for any consequences arising out of
human exposure to such substances or other environmental damage. Subsidiaries of
the  Company  have been  named as  potentially  responsible parties  ('PRPs') in
certain  proceedings  that  involve  environmental  remediation.  In   addition,
subsidiaries  of the Company have been  named as defendants in lawsuits alleging
exposure  to  asbestos  in   certain  of  their   products.  See  'Business   --
Environmental  Matters' and  'Business --  Legal Proceedings.'  There can  be no
assurance that the costs of complying  with environmental and health and  safety
laws  in current operations or the liabilities arising from past releases of, or
exposure to, hazardous substances, will not result in future expenditures by the
Company  that  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company's  results  of
operations, cash flows and financial position.
 
BENEFITS ACCRUING TO AND CONTINUING RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER
AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
   
     The  entire net proceeds of  the Offerings will be  received by the Selling
Stockholder, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wassall. The Company  intends
to  use a portion of the proceeds of  the initial borrowing under the New Credit
Facility to (i) repay all intercompany debt and advances owed to Wassall and its
subsidiaries (which, together with accrued  interest, are anticipated to  amount
to  approximately  $200.7  million  on  the  date  of  the  consummation  of the
Offerings); (ii)  pay $42.6  million as  the Selling  Stockholder Dividend;  and
(iii) pay $2.0 million for the purchase of the Related Companies from Wassall.
    
 
     Since  the  Acquisition,  the  Company  has  been  controlled  by  Wassall.
Following the consummation of the Offerings, the Company will no longer be  able
to rely on Wassall for financial, management or other support.
 
   
     Following  consummation of the Offerings,  the Selling Stockholder will own
approximately 30% of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock (or  approximately
20%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock  if  the  U.S. Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). At least one director designated by
the Selling Stockholder initially will serve as a director of General Cable.  In
addition,  the  Selling  Stockholder will  have  the  right to  (i)  approve the
directors to be appointed to the Company's Board of Directors prior to the first
annual meeting of stockholders following consummation of the Offerings and  (ii)
designate  one individual (or,  if the Board  of Directors of  the Company shall
consist of  more than  eight members,  two individuals)  for nomination  to  the
Company's  Board of  Directors for  so long as  the Selling  Stockholder and its
affiliates continue to own at least 10% of the outstanding capital stock of  the
Company.  As a result, the Selling Stockholder  may be in a position to exercise
influence over General Cable after the consummation of the Offerings.
    
 
     In connection with the Offerings, the Company, the Selling Stockholder  and
certain  of its affiliates are entering into agreements providing certain rights
in favor of the Selling Stockholder and such affiliates including (i) the  right
to  require the Company to register for public  offering all or a portion of the
Common Stock  held by  the  Selling Stockholder  following consummation  of  the
Offerings,  (ii) certain indemnification rights with respect to the business and
assets of the Company,  its subsidiaries and  their respective predecessors  and
with respect to liabilities under the federal securities laws in connection with
the  Offerings and (iii) the Selling Stockholder's rights, referred to above, to
approve the Company's additional  directors appointed following consummation  of
the  Offerings  and  to  designate  one  individual  (or,  in  the circumstances
described above,  two individuals)  for  nomination to  the Company's  Board  of
Directors. See 'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.'
 
                                       9
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
   
     Prior  to the  Offerings, there  has been no  public market  for the Common
Stock. Although the  Common Stock  has been approved  for listing  on the  NYSE,
subject to official notice of issuance, there can be no assurance that an active
public  market for the  Common Stock will  develop or, if  such market develops,
that it will  continue. The initial  public offering price  of the Common  Stock
will  be determined through negotiations between the Selling Stockholder and the
U.S. Managing Underwriters and the International Managing Underwriters, and  may
not be indicative of the market price for the Common Stock after consummation of
the  Offerings.  The  market price  of  the  Common Stock  could  be  subject to
significant fluctuations  in  response  to  variations  in  quarterly  operating
results  and  various  other factors  such  as announcements  of  new contracts,
technological innovations or  new products  by the Company  or its  competitors,
changes  in government regulations, developments  in patent or other proprietary
rights and developments in  the Company's relationships  with its customers.  In
addition,  the stock markets have in  recent years experienced significant price
fluctuations. Those  fluctuations often  have been  unrelated to  the  operating
performance   of  the   specific  companies   whose  stock   is  traded.  Market
fluctuations, as well as  economic conditions, may  adversely affect the  market
price of the Common Stock.
    
 
DILUTION
 
   
     The initial public offering price per share of Common Stock will exceed the
net  tangible book  value per share  of the  Common Stock. In  addition, the net
tangible book value per share of the  Common Stock will decrease as a result  of
the  Refinancing and the  Restricted Stock Issuance.  Accordingly, purchasers of
the Common  Stock  offered  hereby  will  incur  an  immediate  and  substantial
dilution. See 'Dilution.'
    
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
 
   
     The  Company's Certificate  of Incorporation  and By-Laws  and the Delaware
General Corporation Law (the 'DGCL') contain several provisions that could  have
the  effect of delaying  or preventing a change  of control of  the Company in a
transaction not  approved  by the  Company's  Board of  Directors.  Accordingly,
stockholders of the Company could be prevented from realizing a premium on their
shares  in a transaction not  approved by the Company's  Board of Directors. See
'Description of Capital Stock --  Certain Anti-Takeover Matters.' The  Company's
agreements  with certain of its executive officers may have the effect of making
such a  change  of control  more  expensive. See  'Executive  Compensation.'  In
addition,  a change of control will constitute an event of default under the New
Credit Facility.
    
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Upon  consummation  of   the  Offerings,  the   Selling  Stockholder   will
beneficially  own 7,350,000  shares or  approximately 30%  (4,815,000 shares, or
approximately 20%, if the U.S. Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option
in full) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. No prediction
can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of Common Stock, or  the
availability  of Common Stock for future sale,  will have on the market price of
the Common Stock prevailing from time  to time. Sales of substantial amounts  of
Common  Stock or  the perception that  sales could occur  could adversely affect
prevailing market  prices for  the Common  Stock. The  Company and  the  Selling
Stockholder  have agreed, subject  to certain limited  exceptions, not to offer,
sell, contract to  sell, grant  any option  to purchase,  transfer or  otherwise
dispose  of, directly or  indirectly, any shares of  Common Stock (or securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or any warrants
or other rights to purchase  or acquire Common Stock) for  a period of 180  days
after  the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Dillon,
Read & Co. Inc. Following such time period, the shares of Common Stock owned  by
the  Selling Stockholder may be sold (i) in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  'Securities Act'), (ii)  in
private  offerings or (iii)  upon registration under  the Securities Act without
regard to the volume limitations of Rule 144. In connection with the  Offerings,
the  Company  and the  Selling  Stockholder will  enter  into an  agreement that
provides the  Selling Stockholder  with certain  rights to  have the  shares  of
Common
    
 
                                       10
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
Stock  owned  by it  after the  Offerings  registered by  the Company  under the
Securities Act in order to permit the  public sale of such shares. See  'Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions' and 'Shares Eligible For Future Sale.'
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     General  Cable  is  a  leader  in  the  development,  design,  manufacture,
marketing  and  distribution  of  copper   wire  and  cable  products  for   the
communications  and electrical markets. Copper wire and cable is the most widely
used medium for the transmission of  voice, data, video and control signals  and
electrical  current.  The  Company  believes  that  several  factors,  including
technological innovations and the  size of the installed  base of copper  cable,
will  preserve copper's position as the medium of choice for these applications.
Based on publicly available  data and internal  estimates, the Company  believes
that  it has the most  diversified product line and  channels of distribution in
the  U.S.  wire   and  cable   industry.  General  Cable's   products  for   the
communications markets include PIC, outside service wire, high-bandwidth twisted
pair  data  cable,  multi-conductor/multi-pair  shielded  and  unshielded cable,
coaxial cable and fiber optic cable. General Cable's products for the electrical
markets include  building wire,  portable cord  and cordsets  for  construction,
industrial and consumer applications, and automotive wire and cable. The Company
sells  to more than  8,500 customers, including  electrical, data communications
and electronic  distribution companies,  automotive,  hardware and  home  center
retail chains, and telecommunications companies and other end users.
 
     General  Cable  and its  predecessors  have served  the  communications and
electrical markets for over 150 years. Predecessors of the Company supplied wire
and cable for such notable projects as Samuel Morse's telegraph link-up  between
Washington and Baltimore, the Hoover Dam and the Statue of Liberty.
 
     The  Company's immediate  predecessor (the 'Predecessor'),  a subsidiary of
the Company now known as  GCC Corporation ('GCC'), was  formed in April 1992  to
hold  the  wire and  cable and  heavy equipment  businesses of  American Premier
Underwriters,  Inc.  ('American  Premier'),  then  known  as  The  Penn  Central
Corporation  ('PCC'). American  Premier entered the  wire and  cable business in
1981, when it acquired the successor to the original General Cable  Corporation,
and significantly expanded the business between 1988 and 1991 by acquiring Carol
Cable  Company and other wire and cable businesses and facilities. In July 1992,
American Premier  distributed 88%  of the  outstanding common  stock of  GCC  to
American Premier's stockholders, retaining the balance of GCC's common stock. As
a result, GCC became a public company with its common stock traded on the Nasdaq
National  Market. In June 1994,  the Company and its  affiliates acquired GCC by
means of  a tender  offer for  the publicly-held  GCC common  stock and  private
purchases  of  a $169.8  million GCC  subordinated promissory  note and  the GCC
common stock held by American Premier and its affiliate.
 
     Since the  Acquisition, General  Cable has  benefitted from  a  significant
reorganization  and capital investment program. Net sales have grown from $794.2
million in  1993  to  $1,043.6  million in  1996,  while  operating  profit  has
increased  from  $2.3 million  to $78.5  million over  the same  period. Factors
contributing to this improved performance  include investment in new  production
equipment  and information systems;  rationalization of manufacturing facilities
and product lines;  consolidation of distribution  locations; product  redesign;
improved  materials  procurement and  usage; and  the establishment  of business
teams  and  other  organizational  changes.  The  Company  believes  that  these
initiatives  have  generated  significant  productivity  improvements  since the
Acquisition and that further productivity improvements can be achieved.
 
     The Company, a Delaware corporation, was organized in April 1994 to  effect
the  Acquisition. Its  principal executive  offices are  located at  4 Tesseneer
Drive, Highland  Heights,  Kentucky 41076  and  its telephone  number  is  (606)
572-8000.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of
Common  Stock  offered hereby,  all of  which  will be  received by  the Selling
Stockholder.
 
                                       11
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company currently intends to pay quarterly cash dividends on its Common
Stock, beginning with an initial quarterly dividend of $.05 per share payable in
the fourth calendar quarter of 1997, subject to the declaration by the Company's
Board of Directors. The payment of dividends (including the initial dividend) is
subject to the  discretion of  the Board of  Directors and  the requirements  of
Delaware  law and  will depend upon  general business  conditions, the financial
performance of the  Company and other  factors the Board  of Directors may  deem
relevant.  The New  Credit Facility  will contain  certain provisions  that will
restrict the ability of  the Company to  pay dividends on  or to repurchase  its
Common Stock. In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company paid dividends totaling
$55.1  million and, concurrently with consummation  of the Offerings, it intends
to pay  the  Selling  Stockholder Dividend.  See  'Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and Results  of  Operations --  Liquidity and
Capital Resources.'
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     The Company's  net tangible  book value  as of  March 31,  1997 was  $115.8
million,  or $4.78  per share of  Common Stock.  After giving effect  to (i) the
Refinancing (including the payment of the Selling Stockholder Dividend) and (ii)
the Restricted Stock Issuance, the Company's  pro forma net tangible book  value
at  March 31, 1997 would  have been $78.8 million, or  $3.22 per share of Common
Stock. Based upon an assumed initial  public offering price of $22.50 per  share
(the  mid-point  of  the  price  range  set forth  on  the  cover  page  of this
Prospectus), new  investors  purchasing  Common Stock  in  the  Offerings  ('New
Investors')  will experience  immediate dilution of  $19.28 per  share, which is
equal to the  difference between the  assumed initial public  offering price  of
$22.50  and such pro forma net tangible book  value per share of Common Stock of
$3.22.
    
 
     The following table illustrates the  calculation of the per share  dilution
described above.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.......................................            $22.50
                                                                                                  ------
     Actual net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1997.......................   $4.78
                                                                                         -----
     Decrease in net tangible book value per share attributable to the Refinancing
      (including the payment of the Selling Stockholder Dividend) and the Restricted
      Stock Issuance..................................................................    1.56
                                                                                         -----
Pro forma net tangible book value per share...........................................              3.22
                                                                                                  ------
Dilution per share to New Investors...................................................            $19.28
                                                                                                  ------
                                                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       12
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The  following table  sets forth  the capitalization  of the  Company as of
March 31,  1997 and  as  adjusted to  give effect  to  the Refinancing  and  the
Offerings.  This table should  be read in conjunction  with 'Unaudited Pro Forma
Financial Data,' 'Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition
and  Results of Operations' and the combined financial statements of the Company
and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1997
                                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                                 ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                                 ------    --------------
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
 
<S>                                                                              <C>       <C>
Short-term debt...............................................................   $ 25.2        $ 25.2
                                                                                 ------       -------
                                                                                 ------       -------
Long-term debt:
     Notes payable to related parties.........................................   $195.8        $   --
     Other....................................................................      9.1           9.1
     New Credit Facility......................................................     --           242.5
                                                                                 ------       -------
          Total long-term debt................................................    204.9         251.6
                                                                                 ------       -------
Shareholders' equity:
     Common Stock, par value $.01, 75,000,000 shares authorized, 24,250,000
       shares issued and outstanding, actual, 24,500,000 shares issued and
       outstanding, as adjusted...............................................       .2            .2
     Additional paid-in capital...............................................     94.7          78.6
     Retained earnings........................................................     20.9        --
                                                                                 ------       -------
          Total shareholders' equity..........................................    115.8          78.8
                                                                                 ------       -------
                    Total capitalization......................................   $320.7        $330.4
                                                                                 ------       -------
                                                                                 ------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
    
   
    
 
   
(1) Reflects the Selling Stockholder Dividend and the Restricted Stock Issuance.
    Excludes an aggregate of 1,103,750 shares of Common Stock to be reserved for
    issuance upon the exercise of options expected to be granted at the  initial
    public  offering price to the Company's executive officers and key employees
    upon consummation of the Offerings pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan. See
    'Executive Compensation -- Stock Incentive Plan.'
    
 
                                       13

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
             (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND CERTAIN OTHER DATA)
 
   
     The  selected financial data set forth in the following table for the years
ended December 31, 1992 and  1993, the periods January 1,  1994 to June 8,  1994
and June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994, and the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996  and at December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 have been derived from
the audited  combined  financial  statements  of the  Company  and  the  audited
consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor. The data presented for the
three  months ended March  31, 1996 and 1997  and at March  31, 1997 are derived
from the unaudited combined financial statements of the Company and include,  in
the  opinion  of management,  all  adjustments (consisting  of  normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for  a fair presentation  of the data  for such  periods.
Results  of operations for the  period ended March 31,  1997 are not necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected for the full year. As a result of the
Acquisition, which was  accounted for as  a purchase, the  Company's results  of
operations, cash flows and financial position for the periods after June 8, 1994
are not comparable to prior periods.
    
 
   
     The  pro forma statement  of operations data  give pro forma  effect to the
Refinancing as if  it had occurred  on January  1, 1996. The  pro forma  balance
sheet  data give pro  forma effect to  the Refinancing and  the Restricted Stock
Issuance as if  they had occurred  on March  31, 1997. The  pro forma  financial
adjustments  are based upon  available information and  certain assumptions that
the Company believes are reasonable. Such  pro forma data are for  informational
purposes  only  and  may not  be  indicative  of the  results  of  operations or
financial position of the Company had  the Refinancing and the Restricted  Stock
Issuance actually occurred on such dates.
    
   
     The  following selected financial  data should be  read in conjunction with
'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data,'  'Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of   Operations,'  the  combined  financial
statements of the Company and related notes thereto and the audited consolidated
financial statements  of  the Predecessor  and  related notes  thereto  included
elsewhere  in this Prospectus.  Certain reclassifications have  been made to the
financial data of the Predecessor to conform to the presentation of such data by
the Company.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PREDECESSOR                                       THE COMPANY
                                             ---------------------------------    -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                      THREE MONTHS 
                                                 YEAR ENDED                                       YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                                                DECEMBER 31,    JANUARY 1 TO   JUNE 9 TO         DECEMBER 31,          MARCH 31,
                                             ------------------    JUNE 8,    DECEMBER 31,  ------------------    -----------------
                                              1992        1993       1994        1994        1995         1996      1996       1997
                                             ------      ------  ------------ ------------ --------      ------    ------    ------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net sales............................... $834.4      $794.2    $355.0      $543.3      $1,061.3    $ 1,043.6   $258.0   $ 251.0 
    Gross profit............................   81.7        97.7      44.2        73.4         138.7        188.3     36.0      48.8 
    Operating income (loss).................  (44.4)(1)     2.3       1.1        20.3          44.5         78.5      8.9      19.2 
    Interest expense, net(6)................  (14.4)      (29.0)    (12.1)      (11.0)        (20.7)       (19.6)    (5.2)     (4.9)
    Earnings (loss) before income taxes.....  (69.2)      (26.3)    (11.0)        9.3          23.8         58.9      3.7      14.3 
    Loss from discontinued operations(2)....   (2.7)      (31.3)     --          --             --          --         --       --  
    Cumulative effect of accounting                                                                                                 
      change(3).............................    7.5        --        --          --             --          --         --       --  
    Income tax benefit (provision)..........   --          --          .1        (6.5)          1.5(4)     (19.7)    (1.2)     (5.7)
    Net income (loss).......................  (64.4)      (57.6)    (10.9)        2.8          25.3         39.2      2.5       8.6 
    Earnings per share(5)...................                                   $  .12      $   1.04    $    1.62   $  .10   $   .35 
    Weighted average number of shares                                                                                               
      outstanding(5)........................                                     24.3          24.3         24.3     24.3      24.3 
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                                                                             
    Operating income........................                                                           $    78.5            $  19.2 
    Interest expense, net(6)................                                                               (14.1)              (3.4)
    Net income..............................                                                                42.5                9.5 
    Earnings per share(5)...................                                                           $    1.75            $   .39 
OTHER DATA:                                                                                                                         
    Average daily COMEX price per pound of                                                                                          
      copper cathode........................ $ 1.03      $ 0.85    $ 0.91      $ 1.20(7)   $   1.35    $    1.06   $ 1.18   $  1.11 
    Capital expenditures.................... $ 15.5      $ 11.7    $  6.2      $  9.1      $   26.2    $    30.0   $  5.6   $   4.0 
    Depreciation and amortization of fixed                                                                                          
      assets................................   19.8        17.4       7.5         6.7          11.7         12.1      3.0       3.3 
    Number of employees (at end of period)..  4,400       4,500                 4,200         4,100        3,900    4,100     3,800 
                                                                                                                   
<CAPTION>
 
                                                           DECEMBER 31                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -------------------    ---------------------------------          MARCH 31, 
                                                          1992      1993         1994        1995        1996              1997     
                                                         ------   ---------   ---------    --------    ---------        ----------- 
<S>                                             <C>      <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>                 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Working capital.........................             $206.8    $227.7      $224.8      $  234.4    $   205.6         $214.9
    Net assets of discontinued operations(2)               82.8      48.4      --             --          --               --  
    Total assets............................              710.7     620.4       518.7         535.6        513.6          540.3
    Long-term debt..........................              262.2     293.4       206.5         205.9        205.1          204.9
    Other long-term liabilities.............               70.8      76.7        94.1          71.9         71.0          72.1 
    Shareholders' equity....................              218.7     139.9        97.6         122.9        107.4(8)       115.8  
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                                                                    
    Working capital.........................                                                                             $214.9
    Total assets(9).........................                                                                              540.7
    Long-term debt(10)......................                                                                              251.6
    Shareholders' equity(11)................                                                                               78.8 
</TABLE>
    
                                                   (footnotes on following page)

 
                                       14
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)
 
 (1) Includes (i) an $11.5 million restructuring provision for the consolidation
     of general and administrative functions and the reconfiguration of  certain
     manufacturing  plants and  (ii) a  $10.0 million  loss on  the sale  of the
     Predecessor's Indiana Steel & Wire Company subsidiary.
 
 (2) Represents the Predecessor's loss from operations  and loss on the sale  of
     the assets of its Marathon LeTourneau Company heavy equipment manufacturing
     subsidiary. The net assets sold are reflected as net assets of discontinued
     operations.
 
 (3) Reflects  the benefit of the cumulative effect of implementing Statement of
     Financial Accounting  Standards ('SFAS')  No. 109,  'Accounting for  Income
     Taxes'.
 
 (4) At  December 31,  1995, the  Company recognized the  full value  of its net
     deferred tax assets; accordingly, goodwill recorded in the Acquisition  was
     eliminated  and the Company  recognized a tax benefit  of $1.7 million. See
     Note 11 to combined financial statements.
 
   
 (5) Earnings per share was computed based on the weighted average common shares
     outstanding for each period, adjusted for a 121,250-for-1 stock split.
    
 
   
 (6) See footnote (2) to 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data'.
    
 
   
 (7) The average daily COMEX price per pound for the full year 1994 was $1.07.
    
 
   
 (8) After the payment of dividends totaling $55.1 million.
    
 
   
 (9) Adjusted to reflect  capitalization of estimated  deferred financing  costs
     related to the Refinancing.
    
 
   
(10) Adjusted  to reflect an initial borrowing  under the New Credit Facility of
     $267.7 million at March 31,  1997 and the use  of the proceeds as  follows:
     (i)   repayment  of  intercompany  indebtedness  of  $195.8  million;  (ii)
     repayment of $25.2 million of outstanding bank debt; (iii) payment of $42.6
     million as the Selling Stockholder  Dividend; (iv) payment of $2.0  million
     for the purchase of the Related Companies; (v) repayment of $1.7 million of
     intercompany  advances owed by  the Related Companies  to Wassall; and (vi)
     payment of $0.4 million of estimated expenses of the Refinancing.
    
 
   
(11) Adjusted to reflect (i) the  Selling Stockholder Dividend of $42.6  million
     and (ii) the Restricted Stock Issuance.
    
 
                                       15
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
                      (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
     The  unaudited pro forma statement of  operations data set forth below give
effect to  the  Refinancing as  if  it had  occurred  on January  1,  1996.  The
unaudited  pro forma balance sheet data give pro forma effect to the Refinancing
and the Restricted Stock Issuance as if they had occurred on March 31, 1997. The
pro forma financial adjustments are based upon available information and certain
assumptions that the Company  believes are reasonable.  The pro forma  financial
data  are for informational purposes only  and may not necessarily be indicative
of the  results of  operations or  financial  position of  the Company  had  the
Refinancing  and the Restricted Stock Issuance  actually occurred on such dates.
The following  pro forma  financial  data should  be  read in  conjunction  with
'Capitalization,'  'Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations' and the audited combined financial statements of  the
Company and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996                MARCH 31, 1997
                                                          --------------------------------------    --------------------------------
                                                          HISTORICAL  ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA    HISTORICAL  ADJUSTMENTS  PRO FORMA
                                                          ----------  -----------    ---------    ----------- -----------  ---------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>     
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                                                                       
    Net sales..........................................    $1,043.6                  $1,043.6       $251.0                 $ 251.0
    Cost of sales......................................       855.3                     855.3        202.2                   202.2
                                                          ----------                 ---------    ---------               ---------
    Gross profit.......................................       188.3                     188.3         48.8                    48.8
    Selling, general and administrative expenses.......       109.8      --    (1)      109.8         29.6    --    (1)       29.6
                                                          ----------  -----------    ---------    --------------------    ---------
    Operating income...................................        78.5      --              78.5         19.2    --              19.2
    Interest expense to related parties................       (19.6)    $  19.6(2)      --            (4.8)  $   4.8(2)      --   
    Other interest expense.............................        (1.1)      (13.7)(2)     (14.8 )        (.3)     (3.3)(2)      (3.6)
    Interest income....................................         1.1         (.4)(2)        .7           .2                      .2 
                                                          ----------  -----------    ---------    --------------------    ---------
    Earnings before income taxes.......................        58.9         5.5          64.4         14.3       1.5          15.8 
    Income tax provision...............................       (19.7)       (2.2)(3)     (21.9 )       (5.7)      (.6)(3)      (6.3)
                                                          ----------  -----------    ---------    --------------------    ---------
    Net income.........................................    $   39.2     $   3.3      $   42.5       $  8.6   $    .9       $   9.5 
                                                          ----------  -----------    ---------    --------------------    ---------
                                                          ----------  -----------    ---------    --------------------    ---------
    Earnings per share(4)..............................    $   1.62     $   .13      $   1.75       $  .35   $   .04       $   .39 
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding(4)...        24.3        24.3          24.3         24.3      24.3          24.3 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT MARCH 31):                                                                                                  
    Working capital....................................                                             $214.9                 $ 214.9 
    Total assets.......................................                                              540.3   $    .4(5)      540.7 
    Long-term debt.....................................                                              204.9      46.7(6)      251.6 
    Shareholders' equity...............................                                              115.8     (37.0)(7)      78.8 
                                                                                                                   
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Prior  to  the  Offerings,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses
    included fees of $1.6 million for 1996 and $0.6 million for the three months
    ended March 31, 1997 for  financial, management and other services  provided
    by  a U.S.  affiliate of the  Selling Stockholder.  Following the Offerings,
    these fees  will  be  eliminated and  selling,  general  and  administrative
    expenses will include certain legal, insurance and other corporate expenses,
    which the Company believes will approximate these fees.
    
 
   
(2) Adjustments  to reflect  a net decrease  in interest  expense resulting from
    consummation of the Refinancing. The adjustments include: (i) elimination of
    interest expense  to related  parties of  $19.6 million  for 1996  and  $4.8
    million  for  the  three months  ended  March  31, 1997  resulting  from the
    expected repayment of $195.8 million  of intercompany long-term debt with  a
    weighted  average interest rate of 9.9%  per annum; (ii) interest expense on
    the New Credit Facility of $13.7 million  for 1996 and $3.3 million for  the
    three  months ended March 31, 1997 reflecting  an interest rate of 5.75% per
    annum (representing a  37.5 basis  point spread  over the  one month  London
    interbank  offered rate ('LIBOR')) and  $242.1 million of average borrowings
    assumed to  be  outstanding  during  1996  and  $245.1  million  of  average
    borrowings assumed to be outstanding during the three months ended March 31,
    1997  (based upon an  initial borrowing of  $242.4 million as  of January 1,
    1996) and General Cable's actual borrowing and repayment experience in  1996
    and  the  three  months ended  March  31,  1997; and  (iii)  amortization of
    deferred financing costs. Historical interest  income in 1996 included  $0.4
    million  of  earnings  on  excess  cash, which  were  assumed  to  have been
    eliminated as a result of the Refinancing.
    
 
(3) Represents the income tax effect of the adjustments described in (1) and (2)
    above at a 40% effective tax rate.
 
   
(4) Earnings per share was computed based on the weighted average common  shares
    outstanding for each period, adjusted for a 121,250-for-1 stock split.
    
 
   
(5) Represents  capitalization of estimated deferred  financing costs related to
    the Refinancing.
    
 
   
(6) Represents adjustments to reflect an initial borrowing under the New  Credit
    Facility  of $267.7 million at March 31, 1997 and the use of the proceeds as
    follows: (i) repayment of intercompany indebtedness of $195.8 million;  (ii)
    repayment  of $25.2 million of outstanding bank debt; (iii) payment of $42.6
    million as the Selling  Stockholder Dividend; (iv)  payment of $2.0  million
    for  the purchase of the Related Companies; (v) repayment of $1.7 million of
    intercompany advances to  the Related  Companies; and (vi)  payment of  $0.4
    million of estimated expenses of the Refinancing.
    
   
    
 
   
(7) Represents  adjustments to reflect  (i) the Selling  Stockholder Dividend of
    $42.6 million and (ii) the Restricted Stock Issuance.
    
 
                                       16

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
     The   following  discussion  of  General   Cable's  historical  results  of
operations and  financial  condition should  be  read in  conjunction  with  the
combined  financial  statements  of General  Cable,  the  consolidated financial
statements  of  the  Predecessor  and  the  respective  notes  thereto  included
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus. General  Cable  acquired the  Predecessor  in a
transaction accounted  for as  a purchase  effective June  9, 1994.  Solely  for
purposes  of comparing results of operations in 1995 and 1994, the Predecessor's
operating results for the  1994 pre-Acquisition period  have been combined  with
the  Company's  operating  results  for the  1994  post-Acquisition  period. The
combined results of  operations for 1994  may not be  indicative of the  results
that would have been achieved if the Acquisition had not occurred, primarily due
to the difference in accounting basis resulting from the Acquisition.
 
     The  combined financial  statements include  the results  of operations and
assets and liabilities of the Related Companies, which were transferred from the
Company to Wassall subsequent to the Acquisition. Wassall will sell the  Related
Companies  to  General  Cable following  completion  of the  Offerings  for $2.0
million. See 'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.'
 
     Since the  Acquisition, General  Cable has  taken a  number of  initiatives
designed  to improve its profitability and productivity, including investment in
new  production   equipment   and  information   systems;   rationalization   of
manufacturing  facilities  and  product  lines;  consolidation  of  distribution
locations; product redesign; improved materials  procurement and usage; and  the
establishment of business teams and other organizational changes.
 
   
     General  Cable's reported net sales are directly influenced by the price of
copper. The cost of copper has been subject to considerable volatility over  the
past  several years, with  the daily copper  cathode selling price  on the COMEX
averaging $1.07 per pound in 1994, $1.35  per pound in 1995, $1.06 per pound  in
1996 and $1.11 per pound in the first quarter of 1997. However, as a result of a
number of practices intended to match copper purchases with sales, the Company's
profitability has generally not been significantly affected by changes in copper
prices.  For  certain of  the Company's  products  (primarily building  wire and
portable cord), which are priced on a daily basis, the Company purchases  copper
at  prices based on the average of the daily closing selling prices of copper on
the COMEX for the month in which the purchase occurs, plus a negotiated  premium
(principally  representing transportation  costs and processing  charges). For a
portion of  its other  sales,  the Company  purchases  copper cathode  from  its
existing vendor base at a firm price for future delivery against orders or, with
respect  to a contract  that is fixed  as to price  but not as  to volume, for a
portion of  the  estimated  volume. Finally,  the  Company's  arrangements  with
certain  customers  provide  for the  pass-through  of changes  in  copper costs
through price revisions. As a result  of these practices, the Company  generally
passes  changes  in copper  prices along  to its  customers, although  there are
timing delays of varying lengths depending upon the type of product, competitive
conditions and particular customer arrangements. Generally, the Company does not
engage in speculative metals trading  or other speculative activities, nor  does
it  engage in activities to hedge the  underlying value of its copper inventory.
In addition,  the  New Credit  Facility  will contain  a  provision  restricting
General  Cable from  engaging in hedging  activities other than  in the ordinary
course  of  business.  See  'Risk  Factors  --  Impact  of  Copper  Prices'  and
'Business -- Raw Materials.'
    
 
     General  Cable generally experiences  certain seasonal trends  in sales and
cash flow. Relatively significant amounts of cash are generally required  during
the  first and second quarters of the  year to build inventories in anticipation
of higher demand during the spring and summer months, when construction activity
increases. In general, receivables related  to higher sales activity during  the
spring  and summer months are collected during  the third and fourth quarters of
the year.
 
                                       17
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table  sets forth,  for the periods  indicated, statement  of
operations data in millions of dollars and as a percentage of net sales.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                            ---------------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                1994(1)             1995(2)              1996(2)             1996(2)            1997(2)
                            ---------------    -----------------    -----------------    ---------------    ---------------
                              $         %         $          %         $          %        $         %        $         %
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
 
<S>                         <C>       <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
Net sales................   $898.3    100.0%   $1,061.3    100.0%   $1,043.6    100.0%   $258.0    100.0%   $251.0    100.0%
Cost of sales............    780.7     86.9       922.6     86.9       855.3     82.0     222.0     86.0     202.2     80.6
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Gross profit.............    127.6     13.1       138.7     13.1       188.3     18.0      36.0     14.0      48.8     19.4
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses...............     96.2     10.7        94.2      8.9       109.8     10.5      27.1     10.5      29.6     11.8
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Operating income.........     21.4      2.4        44.5      4.2        78.5      7.5       8.9      3.4      19.2      7.6
Interest expense, net....    (23.1)    (2.6)      (20.7)    (2.0)      (19.6)    (1.9)     (5.2)    (2.0)     (4.9)    (2.0)
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Earnings (loss) before
  taxes..................     (1.7)     (.2)       23.8      2.2        58.9      5.6       3.7      1.4      14.3      5.7
Income tax (expense)
  benefit................     (6.4)     (.7)        1.5       .1       (19.7)    (1.9)     (1.2)     (.5)     (5.7)    (2.3)
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Net income (loss)........   $ (8.1)     (.9)%  $   25.3      2.4%   $   39.2      3.8%   $  2.5      1.0%   $  8.6      3.4%
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) As  discussed under 'General' above, the  dollar amounts and percentages for
    1994  combine   the   operating  results   of   the  Predecessor   for   the
    pre-Acquisition  period with those  of the Company  for the post-Acquisition
    period.
 
(2) Percentages do not add due to rounding.
 
   
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED WITH THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1996
    
 
   
     Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 1997 decreased $7.0 million,
or 2.7%, to $251.0 million from net sales of $258.0 million for the same  period
in  1996. The decrease reflects a decrease of  $8.4 million, or 9.7%, in the net
sales of the Communications Group and an  increase of $1.4 million, or 0.9%,  in
the  net sales of the Electrical Group. Such amounts reflect a $0.07 decrease in
the weighted average monthly COMEX price per pound of copper in the first  three
months of 1997 and other factors as discussed in the following paragraph.
    
 
   
     After adjusting the net sales for the first three months of 1996 to reflect
the $0.07 lower weighted average monthly COMEX price per pound of copper sold by
the  Company in the first three months of  1997, net sales were $0.9 million, or
0.4%, lower than the first three months of 1996. The decrease in copper-adjusted
net sales reflected  an 8.2% decrease  in the copper-adjusted  net sales of  the
Communications Group and a 3.7% increase in the copper-adjusted net sales of the
Electrical  Group.  The decrease  in  Communications Group  net  sales primarily
reflected a decline in the volume of sales of PIC to U S WEST due to an expected
decline in U S WEST's requirements for PIC in 1997 and a delay in the timing  of
expected  orders. This  decline, along  with a  decrease in  pricing for certain
datacom products,  was partially  offset  by increased  sales  of PIC  to  other
customers  and increased datacom unit volume. The growth in Electrical Group net
sales was primarily due  to more favorable building  wire pricing and  increased
copper-adjusted  net  sales  of  OEM assemblies,  portable  cord  and automotive
products in the first three months of 1997 compared to the same period in 1996.
    
 
   
     Gross profit increased  $12.8 million,  or 35.6%  to $48.8  million in  the
first three months of 1997 from $36.0 million in the first three months of 1996.
General  Cable's gross margin  increased to 19.4%  in the first  three months of
1997 from 14.0% in the first three  months of 1996. The improvement in the  1997
period  was primarily attributable to manufacturing cost reductions and improved
building wire pricing,  partially offset by  a decrease in  pricing for  certain
datacom  products.  On a  copper-adjusted basis  (to the  first three  months of
1997), the Company's gross margin was 14.3% in the first three months of 1996.
    
 
   
     The reduction in  manufacturing costs  in the  first three  months of  1997
compared  to the  same period  in 1996  reflected (i)  the effects  of continued
rationalization  of  production   facilities;  (ii)   improvement  of   capacity
utilization,  including the  conversion of certain  facilities from  five day to
seven day per week continuous
    
 
                                       18
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
production schedules; (iii) product redesigns to lower material costs; and  (iv)
capital  investment and other improvements in manufacturing processes to improve
materials usage and reduce waste.
    
 
   
     Selling, general  and administrative  expenses increased  $2.5 million,  or
9.2%,  to $29.6 million in the first three  months of 1997 from $27.1 million in
the first three months of 1996. Selling, general and administrative expenses  as
a  percentage of sales were 11.8% in the first three months of 1997, compared to
10.8% of copper-adjusted (to 1997) sales in the first three months of 1996.  The
increase primarily reflected higher transportation costs, higher advertising and
marketing expenses and increased incentive compensation expense.
    
 
   
     The  Company incurred  net interest  expense of  $4.9 million  in the first
three months of 1997 compared to $5.2 million in the first three months of 1996.
The reduction in 1997  reflects the repayment of  an $8.0 million related  party
note during 1996.
    
 
   
     The effective income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 1997 was
39.9% compared to approximately 32.4% for the three months ended March 31, 1996.
The  lower 1996 effective  tax rate reflected  the impact of  certain tax return
reconciliation adjustments.
    
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED WITH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
     Net sales for 1996 decreased $17.7 million, or 1.7%, to $1,043.6 million in
1996 from 1995 net sales of  $1,061.3 million. The decrease reflects a  decrease
of  $36.1 million, or 5.1%, in the  net sales of the Electrical Group, partially
offset by  an increase  of $18.4  million,  or 5.2%,  in the  net sales  of  the
Communications  Group. Such  amounts reflect  a $0.29  decrease in  the weighted
average monthly COMEX  price per pound  of copper in  1996, partially offset  by
increased volume and other factors as discussed in the following paragraph.
 
     After  adjusting 1995 net sales to reflect the $0.29 lower weighted average
monthly COMEX price per pound of copper  sold by the Company in 1996, net  sales
for 1996 represented an $80.6 million, or 8.4%, increase over 1995. The increase
in  copper-adjusted net sales reflected a  13.1% increase in copper-adjusted net
sales of the  Communications Group and  a 5.8% increase  in copper-adjusted  net
sales  of  the Electrical  Group. The  growth in  Communication Group  sales was
primarily due to increased volume of sales of PIC to RBOCs and increased  demand
for  high-bandwidth twisted  pair data  cables. The  growth in  Electrical Group
sales reflected a 5.0%  increase in copper-adjusted net  sales of building  wire
primarily  due to  more favorable pricing  as market conditions  improved in the
second half  of  1996, and  a  9.7% increase  in  copper-adjusted net  sales  of
portable cord principally due to increased volume.
 
     Gross  profit increased $49.6 million, or  35.8%, to $188.3 million in 1996
from $138.7 million in 1995. General Cable's gross margin increased to 18.0%  in
1996  from 13.1% in  1995. On a  copper-adjusted basis (to  1996), the Company's
gross  margin  was  14.4%  in  1995.  The  improvement  in  1996  was  primarily
attributable  to  manufacturing cost  reductions  and the  increases  in selling
prices and sales volumes discussed above.
 
     The reduction  in  manufacturing  costs in  1996  reflected  (i)  continued
rationalization of production facilities through the closing of two plants; (ii)
improvement  of  capacity  utilization at  remaining  facilities,  including the
conversion of four  facilities from five  day to seven  day per week  continuous
production  schedules;  (iii)  improved production  efficiencies  resulting from
higher production levels; (iv) raw material cost reductions reflecting decreased
prices for resins and  other non-copper raw materials  and product redesigns  to
lower  material  costs; and  (v) capital  investment  and other  improvements in
manufacturing processes to improve materials usage and reduce waste.
 
     Selling, general and  administrative expenses increased  $15.6 million,  or
16.6%,  to $109.8 million in  1996 from $94.2 million  in 1995. Selling, general
and administrative  expenses  as a  percentage  of  sales were  10.5%  in  1996,
compared  to  9.8% of  copper-adjusted  (to 1996)  sales  in 1995.  The increase
primarily reflected higher sales volume-related expenses such as  transportation
and  higher salary  and related expenses  attributable to increases  in staff to
support expansion of the  Company's direct sales  force and marketing  function,
the  restructuring  of its  distribution processes  and new  product development
efforts.  In  addition,  expenses  in  1996  included  increases  in   incentive
compensation and advertising expenses.
 
     The Company incurred net interest expense of $19.6 million in 1996 compared
to  $20.7 million in 1995. The reduction  in 1996 expense reflects the repayment
of an $8.0 million related party note.
 
                                       19
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     The provision for  income taxes  was $19.7 million  in 1996  compared to  a
benefit  of $1.5 million in  1995. Prior to 1995,  General Cable recorded a full
valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset because of  uncertainties
as  to the amount of taxable income that  would be generated in future years. In
1995, the  Company determined  that it  was  more likely  than not  that  future
taxable income would be sufficient to enable General Cable to realize all of its
deferred  tax  assets.  In  accordance  with the  provisions  of  SFAS  No. 109,
'Accounting for Income Taxes', the reversal of the valuation allowance  resulted
in  a $63.0  million reduction of  goodwill and  a deferred tax  benefit of $1.7
million in 1995.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED WITH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
     Net sales for 1995 increased $163.0 million, or 18.1%, to $1,061.3  million
in  1995 from $898.3 million in 1994. The increase reflects an increase of $88.8
million, or 33.1%, in the net sales of the Communications Group and an  increase
of  $74.2 million,  or 11.8%,  in the  net sales  of the  Electrical Group. Such
amounts reflect a $0.28 increase in the weighted average monthly COMEX price per
pound of copper  in 1995, increased  volume and other  factors discussed in  the
following paragraph.
 
   
     After adjusting 1994 net sales to reflect the $0.28 higher weighted average
monthly  COMEX price per pound of copper sold  by the Company in 1995, net sales
for 1995 represented a $74.4 million, or 7.5%, increase over 1994. The  increase
in   copper-adjusted  net  sales   primarily  reflected  a   24.1%  increase  in
copper-adjusted net sales of the Communications Group, primarily due to the full
year impact  of a  long-term  supply contract  with U  S  WEST entered  into  in
November 1994.
    
 
     Gross  profit increased  $21.1 million,  or 17.9%,  to $138.7  million from
$117.6 million in 1994.  The increase reflected reductions  in product cost  and
increased  sales  volume.  Results  for 1994  benefitted  from  a  $10.3 million
reduction (compared  to a  $0.2 million  reduction  in 1995)  in cost  of  sales
resulting  from  the  liquidation of  inventory  quantities accounted  for  on a
last-in-first-out basis. The Company's gross margin  was 13.1% in both 1995  and
1994. On a copper-adjusted basis (to 1995), the Company's gross margin was 11.9%
in 1994.
 
     Reductions in manufacturing costs in 1995 resulted from (i) rationalization
of  production facilities through the closing  of three plants; (ii) improvement
of  capacity  utilization  at   other  facilities;  (iii)  improved   production
efficiencies   resulting  from  higher  production   levels;  and  (iv)  capital
investment  and  other  improvements  in  manufacturing  processes  to   improve
materials  usage and reduce  waste. These improvements  were partially offset by
higher raw material prices and the additional cost of purchasing finished  goods
from  outside vendors to meet  an increase in customer  demand for PIC while the
Company was adding capacity.
 
     Selling, general  and administrative  expenses decreased  $2.0 million,  or
2.1%,  to $94.2 million in 1995 from $96.2  million in 1994 primarily due to the
restructuring of  the Company's  sales, marketing  and administrative  functions
following  the Acquisition.  Selling, general  and administrative  expenses as a
percentage of sales were  8.9% in 1995 compared  to 9.7% of copper-adjusted  (to
1995) sales in 1994.
 
     The Company incurred net interest expense of $20.7 million in 1995 compared
to  $23.1  million  in  1994,  principally  due  to  lower  average  outstanding
borrowings.
 
     Income taxes in  1995 reflected  a benefit of  $1.5 million  compared to  a
provision  of $6.4 million in  1994. The Company's income  tax provision in 1994
principally reflected alternative minimum tax for which no deferred tax  benefit
was realized for the related tax credit due to a full valuation allowance on the
Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 1994.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     In  general,  the  Company  requires  cash  for  working  capital,  capital
expenditures, debt repayment, interest and taxes. The Company's working  capital
requirements increase when it experiences strong incremental demand for products
and/or  significant copper price  increases. Since the  Acquisition, the Company
has satisfied its  cash requirements  through a combination  of funds  generated
from  operations, related party borrowings and external borrowings. At March 31,
1997, the  Company had  outstanding  long-term borrowings  due Wassall  and  its
subsidiaries  of  $195.8  million,  intercompany advances  due  Wassall  and its
subsidiaries of $1.7 million and borrowings of $25.2 million under existing bank
lines of  credit,  all  of  which  will be  repaid  in  the  Refinancing.  After
completion  of the Offerings, the Company will  be required to meet all its cash
requirements through funds  generated from operations  and external  borrowings,
without  any  support from  Wassall. Based  upon  historical experience  and the
expected availability  of  funds under  the  New Credit  Facility,  the  Company
expects that its sources of liquidity will
    
 
                                       20
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
be  sufficient to enable it  to meet its cash  requirements for working capital,
capital expenditures, debt repayment, interest and taxes through 1998.
 
   
     Cash flow used by  operating activities in the  first three months of  1997
was $18.2 million. This principally reflected net income before depreciation and
deferred  taxes of $12.6 million, offset by a $20.7 million increase in accounts
receivable, a $4.6 million increase in inventories and a $4.2 million  reduction
in  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities  and  other  long-term liabilities.
Accounts receivable increased  due to  an increase in  selling prices  resulting
from  a $0.12 per pound  increase in copper prices in  the first quarter of 1997
and higher sales  volume in the  first quarter  of 1997 compared  to the  fourth
quarter  of  1996. Inventories  increased during  the first  quarter of  1997 to
support  anticipated  seasonal  product  demand  during  the  second  and  third
quarters.  The  reduction  in  accounts  payable,  accrued  and  other long-term
liabilities principally reflected a decrease in accounts payable.
    
 
     Cash flow provided by operating activities in 1996 was $80.8 million.  This
principally reflected net income before depreciation and deferred taxes of $60.6
million,  a  $17.6 million  reduction in  inventory levels  and a  $12.1 million
reduction in accounts receivable partially offset by an $11.6 million  reduction
in  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities  and  other  long-term liabilities.
Inventory was reduced as General  Cable consolidated several inventory  stocking
locations  into regional distribution  centers and instituted  new processes for
forecasting, scheduling and inventory management. Accounts receivable  decreased
due  to a decline in selling prices resulting from a $0.33 per pound decrease in
copper prices in the  fourth quarter of 1996,  partially offset by higher  sales
volume  in that quarter. The reduction  in accounts payable, accrued liabilities
and other long-term liabilities primarily reflected expenditures related to  the
closure of two manufacturing facilities.
 
   
     Cash  flow used in investing activities was  $35.5 million in 1996 and $3.8
million in  the first  three months  of 1997,  principally reflecting,  in  both
periods,  capital expenditures.  The 1996 amount  also reflected  a $6.4 million
investment in  the  Company's fiber  optic  cable joint  venture  with  SpecTran
Corporation ('SpecTran').
    
 
   
     General  Cable expended $15.3 million, $26.2  million and $30.0 million for
capital projects during 1994, 1995 and  1996, respectively, and $4.0 million  in
the  first  three months  of  1997. Capital  expenditures  in 1996  consisted of
projects to reduce product costs, increase capacity and modernize machinery  and
equipment.  Although it has no material  commitments for capital expenditures in
1997, General Cable  expects to  spend approximately $38.0  million for  capital
projects  in 1997 in order to further increase manufacturing productivity and to
selectively add production capacity.
    
 
   
     Cash flow provided  by financing activities  in the first  three months  of
1997  was  $23.0  million,  reflecting  the  proceeds  of  borrowings  under the
Company's revolving credit line. Cash flow used in financing activities in  1996
was $57.1 million, consisting primarily of dividends totaling $55.1 million.
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL AND ASBESTOS-RELATED LITIGATION MATTERS
 
   
     General  Cable's expenditures for  environmental compliance and remediation
amounted to approximately $0.3 million, $2.0  million and $1.0 million in  1994,
1995  and 1996,  respectively, and  $0.1 million for  the first  three months of
1997, and the Company expects to spend approximately an additional $0.9  million
for  these purposes in the  remainder of 1997. In  addition, subsidiaries of the
Company  have  been  named   as  PRPs  in   certain  proceedings  that   involve
environmental  remediation. General Cable had accrued  $7.2 million at March 31,
1997 for  all environmental  liabilities. In  connection with  the  Acquisition,
American   Premier  has  agreed  to  indemnify  General  Cable  against  certain
environmental liabilities arising  out of General  Cable's or its  predecessor's
ownership  or  operation of  properties  and assets.  While  it is  difficult to
estimate future  environmental liabilities,  General  Cable does  not  currently
anticipate  any material adverse effect on its results of operations, cash flows
or financial position as  a result of compliance  with federal, state, local  or
foreign   environmental   laws  or   regulations   or  remediation   costs.  See
'Business -- Environmental Matters.'
    
 
   
     General  Cable's   expenditures  for   asbestos  litigation   amounted   to
approximately  $0.5 million,  $0.5 million  and $0.6  million in  1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively, and $0.1 million for the first three months of 1997  (before
reimbursement  of a substantial  portion thereof under  the settlement agreement
described below), all of which were for defense costs. General Cable had accrued
approximately $2.2 million for this litigation at March 31, 1997. General  Cable
has  entered into a settlement agreement with certain principal primary insurers
concerning liability for  the costs  of defense, judgments  and settlements,  if
any,  in the  asbestos litigation.  Subject to the  terms and  conditions of the
settlement
    
 
                                       21
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
agreement, the insurers are responsible for  a substantial portion of the  costs
and  expenses  incurred in  the defense  or resolution  of such  litigation. The
Company does not believe that the outcome of the litigation will have a material
adverse effect on its results of  operations, cash flows or financial  position.
See 'Business -- Legal Proceedings.'
 
THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
     Prior to consummation of the Offerings, General Cable intends to enter into
the  New Credit Facility with The  Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent
(the 'Agent'), and a syndicate of banks. The following summary of the  principal
terms  of the New Credit Facility does not purport to be complete and is subject
to the detailed provisions of the agreement governing the New Credit Facility, a
copy of which  will be filed  as an  exhibit to the  Registration Statement  (as
defined  herein) of which this  Prospectus is a part.  The Company and the Agent
have entered into a commitment letter pursuant to which the Agent has  committed
to provide the full amount of the facility.
 
   
     The  New  Credit  Facility will  consist  of a  five-year  senior unsecured
revolving credit  and competitive  advance facility  in an  aggregate  principal
amount  of  $350.0 million.  Borrowings will  be  guaranteed by  General Cable's
principal operating  subsidiaries.  General Cable  intends  to make  an  initial
borrowing  of  approximately  $271.8  million  under  the  New  Credit  Facility
concurrently with consummation of the Offerings and to use the proceeds  thereof
to (i) repay all of its outstanding revolving bank debt (which is anticipated to
be  approximately  $26.1  million  on  the  date  of  the  consummation  of  the
Offerings), (ii) repay all  intercompany debt and advances  owed to Wassall  and
its  subsidiaries  (which, together  with accrued  interest, are  anticipated to
amount to approximately $200.7  million on the date  of the consummation of  the
Offerings),  (iii) pay $42.6  million as the  Selling Stockholder Dividend; (iv)
pay $2.0 million for the purchase of the Related Companies from Wassall and  (v)
pay  estimated expenses  of the Refinancing  of $0.4  million. Future borrowings
will be available for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions.
    
 
     Revolving Credit loans will  bear interest, at  General Cable's option,  at
(i) a spread over LIBOR or (ii) the 'Alternate Base Rate', which will be defined
as  the higher of (a) the Agent's Prime  Rate, (b) the secondary market rate for
certificates of deposit (adjusted for reserve requirements) plus 1% and (c)  the
Federal  Funds Effective Rate  (i.e., for any  day, the weighted  average of the
rates on  overnight  Federal funds  transactions  with members  of  the  Federal
Reserve  System arranged by  Federal funds brokers). The  spread over LIBOR will
range between 17.0 and 42.5 basis points per annum, depending upon the Company's
Leverage Ratio (as defined below), and  will initially be 25.0 basis points  per
annum  until the  date by  which the  Company is  required to  furnish financial
statements with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997.
 
     A facility fee will accrue on the  full amount of the New Credit  Facility,
regardless  of usage.  The facility  fee will range  between 8.0  and 20.0 basis
points per  annum,  depending  upon  the  Company's  Leverage  Ratio,  and  will
initially  be 12.5 basis points per annum until the date by which the Company is
required to furnish financial statements with respect to the fiscal year  ending
December 31, 1997.
 
     The  New Credit Facility will require General Cable to maintain an Interest
Coverage Ratio  (defined  as  the  ratio of  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,
depreciation and amortization ('EBITDA') to Cash Interest Expense (as defined in
the  New Credit Facility)) for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of
not less than 2.50 to 1.00 with step-ups to be agreed upon and a Leverage  Ratio
(defined as the ratio of Indebtedness (as defined in the New Credit Facility) to
EBITDA)  at  any  date  and for  the  period  of the  four  most  recently ended
consecutive fiscal  quarters of  not more  than  3.75 to  1.00. The  New  Credit
Facility  will  also  contain  limitations on  (i)  mergers,  consolidations and
certain  asset  sales  and   dispositions;  (ii)  subsidiary  indebtedness   and
guarantees;  (iii) liens and sale-leaseback transactions; (iv) transactions with
affiliates; (v) dividends on, and redemptions and repurchases of, capital stock;
(vi) covenants restricting dividends and  advances by subsidiaries; (vii)  loans
and  investments; (viii) issuance of capital stock by subsidiaries; (ix) hedging
activities other than  in the ordinary  course of business;  and (x) changes  in
business.
 
                                       22

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
     General  Cable  is  a  leader  in  the  development,  design,  manufacture,
marketing  and  distribution  of  copper   wire  and  cable  products  for   the
communications  and electrical markets. Communications  wire and cable transmits
low voltage signals for voice, data, video and control applications.  Electrical
wire  and cable conducts electrical current  for power and control applications.
General Cable  believes that  its principal  competitive strengths  include  its
breadth  of  product line;  brand  recognition; distribution  strength; customer
selection, sales and service; and improved operating efficiency.
 
     The principal  markets, products,  distribution channels  and end-users  of
each of General Cable's seven principal product categories are summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PRINCIPAL
                              PRINCIPAL                                      DISTRIBUTION          PRINCIPAL
  PRODUCT CATEGORY             MARKETS             PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS          CHANNELS            END-USERS
<S>                     <C>                      <C>                        <C>               <C>
 
COMMUNICATIONS GROUP:
Outside Voice and       Telecom Local Loop       PIC; Outside Service       Direct;           Telecommunications
Data                                             Wire                       Distributors      System Operators
Datacom                 Computer Networking      Multi-                     Distributors;     Contractors;
                        and Multimedia           Conductor/Multi-pair;      Direct            Original Equipment
                        Applications             Fiber Optic Cable                            Manufacturers
                                                                                              ('OEMs');
                                                                                              Systems Integrators
Industrial              Building Management;     Multi-Conductor;           Distributors;     Contractors;
Instrumentation and     Entertainment;           Coaxial Cable              Retailers;        Consumers;
Control                 Equipment Control                                   Direct            Industrial
 
ELECTRICAL GROUP:
Building Wire           Non-Residential and      THHN; Romex'r' Products    Distributors;     Contractors;
                        Residential                                         Retailers         Consumers
                        Construction
Portable Cord           Industrial Power and     Rubber and Plastic-        Distributors;     Industrial;
                        Control                  Jacketed Wire and Cable    Retailers;        Consumers;
                                                                            Direct            Contractors;
                                                                                              OEMs
Cordsets & OEM          Consumer;                Consumer Cordsets;         Retailers;        Consumers;
Assemblies              Industrial Power         OEM Cordsets;              Direct;           Contractors;
                                                 Assemblies                 Distributors      OEMs
Automotive              Parts Aftermarket        Ignition Wire Sets;        Retailers;        Consumers
                                                 Booster Cables             Distributors
</TABLE>
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     Total shipments of insulated wire and cable (which excludes magnet wire and
fiber  optic products) in the U.S. during 1995 (the last year for which data are
presently available) were  estimated by the  U.S. Department of  Commerce to  be
approximately $11 billion. The Company estimates that shipments of such products
outside  of  the  U.S. during  1995  exceeded  $40 billion.  U.S.  Department of
Commerce statistics indicate that during the period from 1992 through 1995,  the
value   of  insulated  wire   and  cable  shipments   increased  an  average  of
approximately 9% per annum.  The Company believes  that factors contributing  to
this  growth  include  the  development  of  an  increasingly  complex  data and
communication infrastructure,  industrial expansion  and increased  construction
outlays.
 
     General Cable believes that there are approximately 350 participants in the
U.S.  insulated  wire  and  cable  market.  In  recent  years,  there  has  been
significant consolidation of  U.S. wire and  cable manufacturers. General  Cable
believes  that the ten largest manufacturers currently account for approximately
50% of  the U.S.  insulated wire  and  cable market.  The industry  is  serviced
primarily by U.S. production facilities due to high transportation costs.
 
     Insulated wire and cable is used in a wide array of products. Its principal
applications can be divided among four general end-user markets: communications,
construction,  durable  goods  and electrical  power  transmission.  The largest
product   category   within    the   insulated   wire    and   cable    industry
 
                                       23
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
is  building wire, which accounted for approximately  26% of the total U.S. wire
and cable market  in 1995 according  to the U.S.  Department of Commerce.  Other
principal  product categories and their  share of the total  U.S. wire and cable
market include power cable (15%), electronic and data wire (13%), telephone  and
telegraph  wire (17%),  coaxial and  antennae cable  (12%) and  other, including
cord, cordsets and appliance wire (17%).  General Cable competes in segments  of
each of these product categories, except for power cable, and estimates that its
served market in the U.S. exceeds $7.0 billion.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The  following  are  the  principal  elements  of  General  Cable's  growth
strategy:
 
     'One Company' approach. General Cable seeks to enhance its market share and
operating performance by offering its diversified product line to customers  who
previously  purchased wire  and cable from  multiple vendors but  prefer to deal
with a smaller  number of  broader-based suppliers.  The Company  also seeks  to
develop  supply  relationships with  preferred  customers who  have  a favorable
combination of volume, product mix, business strategy and industry position. The
Company believes its 'One Company'  strategy will become increasingly  important
as  the electrical, data communications,  industrial and electronic distribution
industries continue to consolidate into a smaller number of larger regional  and
national  participants with broader product lines. The Company also expects that
successful execution of its 'One  Company Strategy' will provide more  efficient
purchasing,  manufacturing, marketing and distribution for its products. As part
of this strategy,  the Company has  established cross-functional business  teams
with  profit and  loss responsibility  for its  seven product  categories. These
teams seek opportunities  to increase  sales to  existing customers  and to  new
customers inside and outside of traditional market channels.
 
     Participation  in  growth markets.  General Cable  expects the  markets for
certain wire and cable  products to increase significantly,  and believes it  is
well  positioned to participate  in such growth.  According to industry studies,
demand for high-performance datacom and electronic wire is expected to increase.
The Company believes  that this increase  will be driven  by the development  of
computer  networks,  more  powerful  workstations,  and  imaging  and multimedia
applications. To  increase its  penetration of  these markets,  the Company  has
recently  established a joint venture to design, develop, manufacture and market
fiber optic premise cable for computer networking and multimedia applications in
commercial and industrial markets. The  Company believes that demand for  copper
wire   and  cable   for  outside   voice  and   data  applications   in  certain
telecommunications markets  will increase  as a  result of  greater demand  from
residential  customers for multiple  access lines for  fax machines and computer
modems, and from business customers for greater bandwidth for data  distribution
and  networking  applications.  Finally,  the Company  expects  that  demand for
portable cord, cordsets and assemblies will grow as a result of increased demand
for home  office  and communications  equipment,  expansion and  maintenance  of
industrial  equipment and the  development of higher  specification products for
more environmentally demanding industrial applications.
 
     Further improvements in productivity. Since the Acquisition, General  Cable
has invested over $65 million in capital projects primarily to increase capacity
and productivity; closed five manufacturing facilities representing 20% of total
manufacturing  floor space; consolidated its distribution operations through the
closing of  60  inventory stocking  locations  and the  establishment  of  three
regional  distribution centers; reduced salaried headcount by approximately 20%;
and upgraded its information  systems. The Company  believes that these  actions
have generated significant productivity improvements. For example, on a constant
copper-adjusted  basis, sales per employee (based on average monthly employment)
increased approximately 34%  from 1994 to  1996. The Company  plans to  continue
similar  programs in  the future,  including the  planned capital  investment of
$38.0 million  in 1997  and the  consolidation of  several additional  inventory
stocking locations into the Company's regional distribution centers.
 
     The  Company will also seek to achieve additional efficiencies in materials
procurement and usage by working with  suppliers to jointly develop programs  to
improve  productivity. Currently, suppliers accounting  for approximately 80% of
the  Company's   purchased  raw   materials  participate   in  such   continuous
productivity programs.
 
                                       24
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     New  products. General Cable continues to develop new and enhanced products
to meet changing customer  needs and to improve  operating results. Examples  of
newly  introduced products include DreamLan'tm', an enhanced Category 5 data and
video cable for office use; multimedia aerial service wire which provides voice,
data and video in a  single wire that can  be easily installed through  existing
hardware;  FrogHide'tm',  a  'contractor-duty' extension  cord;  the Plug-It'tm'
family of  portable  lighting  and  accessories;  VuTron'r'  III  super-flexible
premium  portable  cord;  and  the MinuteMan'tm'  family  of  armored  cable. In
addition, the Company has  introduced new packaging  and merchandising for  both
the retail and wholesale markets.
 
     Joint ventures, strategic alliances and acquisitions. General Cable intends
to  seek joint  venture partners and  strategic alliances  both domestically and
internationally  to   enhance   its  manufacturing,   distribution   and   sales
capabilities.  Current arrangements include:  (i) a joint  venture with SpecTran
for the design, development,  manufacture and marketing of  communications-grade
fiber  optic cable for the customer premises market in the United States, Canada
and  Mexico;  (ii)  a  strategic  sourcing  agreement  with  ALFLEX,  a  leading
manufacturer  of armored  cable; and  (iii) a  strategic sourcing  agreement for
large rubber cord with Elektrim, a leading Polish power and electrical equipment
manufacturer. In addition, the  Company believes that complementary  acquisition
opportunities  exist that  would allow the  Company to capitalize  on its strong
brand names, broad customer base, cost-efficient manufacturing capabilities  and
superior distribution processes.
 
     International  expansion. General Cable  currently derives less  than 5% of
its net sales outside of the U.S. The Company believes that opportunities  exist
for  increased  export  and  international sales,  especially  as  its customers
establish international  operations  and  seek global  capabilities  from  their
suppliers.  The Predecessor  had manufacturing  facilities in  South America and
Europe, most of which were divested in the 1980s. However, the Company  believes
that  its brands have retained name-recognition  that will assist the Company if
it determines to re-enter  these markets. Currently, the  Company has sales  and
distribution  activities in  Canada and  Europe and  manufacturing facilities in
Mexico and the United Kingdom.
 
PRODUCTS AND MARKETS
 
COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
 
   
     The Communications Group manufactures and sells wire and cable products for
voice, data  and  video  transmission  applications  ('Outside  Voice  and  Data
Products'),  multi-conductor/multi-pair cables  used for  computer and telephone
interconnections in  telephone company  central  offices and  customer  premises
('Datacom  Products') and specialty products for use in machinery and instrument
interconnection, audio, computer, security  and other applications  ('Industrial
Instrumentation  and  Control  Products').  In  1996,  the  Communications Group
contributed approximately 35% of the  Company's net sales and approximately  65%
of  its operating  income; in  the first  three months  of 1997,  it contributed
approximately 30%  of the  Company's  net sales  and  approximately 50%  of  the
Company's operating income.
    
 
Outside Voice and Data Products
 
     General  Cable's  principal Outside  Voice and  Data  Products are  PIC and
outside service wire. PIC is short haul trunk, feeder or distribution cable from
a telephone company central  office to the subscriber  premises. It consists  of
multiple  paired conductors (ranging from six  pairs to 4,200 pairs) and various
types of  sheathing, water-proofing,  foil wraps  and metal  jacketing.  Outside
service  wire  is  used to  connect  telephone subscriber  premises  to curbside
distribution cable.
 
     Copper wire and cable  is the most widely  used medium for transmission  in
the  local loop portion of the telecommunications infrastructure. The local loop
is the segment of  the telecommunications network  that connects the  customer's
premises  to the nearest telephone company  central office. The Company believes
that copper will continue to be the  transmission medium of choice in the  local
loop  due to factors  such as the investment  of over $200  billion in the local
exchange copper telecommunications infrastructure  that must be maintained;  the
lower  installation costs of  copper compared to optical  fiber and other media;
and technological advancements that expand the bandwidth
 
                                       25
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
of the installed  local loop copper  network, which allow  the continued use  of
copper as the transmission medium for the new voice, data, video and multi-media
uses  demanded by  customers. In addition,  the Company expects  that demand for
Outside Voice and Data Products will increase as a result of greater demand from
residential customers for multiple  access lines for  fax machines and  computer
modems,  and the demand for new services that can be supported by a copper-based
local loop.
 
     Technological advances supporting continued  copper dominance in the  local
loop  include  the  Integrated  Services Digital  Network  ('ISDN')  and digital
subscriber line  ('xDSL') variations.  ISDN is  a digital  service that  enables
voice,  data and video to be carried over a single connection. ISDN applications
include remote office connectivity,  internet connections, high speed  computing
and  videoconferencing.  xDSL technologies,  including HDSL  (High-speed Digital
Subscriber Line),  ADSL (Asymmetric  Digital Subscriber  Line), SDSL  (Symmetric
Digital Subscriber Line) and VDSL (Very-high Data Rate Digital Subscriber Line),
employ   advanced  digital  signal  processing  and  advanced  data  compression
techniques  to  allow  ordinary  copper  wires  to  transmit  large  amounts  of
high-speed  digital information with greatly enhanced performance. A significant
feature of  xDSL technology  is  that both  'plain  old telephone  service'  and
digital  data can be carried  on existing wires. This  allows xDSL systems to be
compatible with  current  analog phones  and  upgradeable for  digital  systems.
Individual  customers  can  also  be  added  without  a  significant  technology
investment to upgrade an entire network.
 
   
     General Cable  sells  its Outside  Voice  and Data  Products  primarily  to
telecommunications  system operators through its direct sales force under supply
contracts of varying  lengths, and also  to telecommunications distributors.  In
1995  and 1996, approximately 8.9% and 10.4%, respectively, of the Company's net
sales were generated by sales of Outside Voice and Data products to its  largest
customer,  U S WEST, pursuant to a ten-year supply agreement that took effect on
November 1, 1994.  The agreement does  not guarantee a  minimum level of  sales.
Product prices are subject to periodic adjustment based upon changes in the cost
of  copper and other factors.  The agreement is terminable by  U S WEST prior to
its scheduled expiration date if the  Company does not meet certain  performance
criteria.
    
 
     Outside   Voice  and  Data   Products  face  competition   from  other  PIC
manufacturers and  potentially from  alternative products  such as  fiber  optic
cable.  Based on U.S. Department of  Commerce reports, the Company believes that
its share of the U.S. outside voice and data market increased from approximately
13% in 1994 to approximately 21% in 1995.
 
Datacom Products
 
     The Company's Datacom Products are  high-bandwidth twisted pair copper  and
fiber   optic  cable  for   the  customer  premises,   central  office  and  OEM
telecommunications equipment markets.  Customer premises products  are used  for
wiring  at subscriber premises, and include  computer, riser and plenum wire and
cable. Riser cable  runs between  floors and plenum  cable runs  in air  spaces,
primarily  above ceilings in non-residential structures. Central office products
interconnect components  within  central  office switching  systems  and  public
branch exchanges.
 
     Rapid  technological  advances  in computers  and  software,  including the
increased use of more powerful  computers and distributed data processing,  have
created  the need  for sophisticated  local area  network ('LAN')  and wide area
network  ('WAN')   technologies.   Such  technologies   demand   advanced   data
transmission  cable that enables increased volumes  of data to be transmitted at
faster  speeds  without  diminishing  data  integrity.  Because  of   continuing
technological  advances and new  network applications, the  Company expects that
demand for  such high-performance  data  cable will  continue to  increase.  The
Company  is a  leading supplier  of a  broad family  of cables  for LAN  and WAN
applications, which are  often specified for  large, complex installations  with
demanding  data processing  applications such  as a  new Motorola  Inc. plant in
Boynton Beach, Florida and  the Mirage Resorts, Inc.  Bellagio Hotel and  Casino
currently under construction in Las Vegas, Nevada.
 
     The  Company's strategy  has been to  focus its  marketing, engineering and
development efforts  on introducing  new  products in  response to  the  growing
demand  for higher-performance data transmission cable. For example, in 1996 the
Company introduced DreamLan'tm',  an enhanced performance  Category 5 video  and
data  cable for office use, as well as high pair-count Category 3 and Category 5
 
                                       26
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
plenum products and indoor/outdoor rated  Category 3 products. The Company  will
continue  to  invest in  manufacturing technology  and to  focus on  new product
development and product improvements to serve this market.
 
     The growth and evolution of LAN and WAN networks have also resulted in  new
and  distinct processes  for specifying, selecting,  installing and guaranteeing
the performance of data  transmission cable required  to support such  networks.
General  Cable engineers coordinate  with end users  and installers to determine
the specifications of the cable required for a particular network. The Company's
product  development,  manufacturing  and   product  testing  and   verification
capabilities,  as well  as its established  relationships and  reputation in the
industry, have enabled it to become an integral participant in this process. For
example, the Company works with a  number of connector manufacturers to  further
sales  in  this market  by  offering joint  warranty  programs to  assure system
performance.
 
     In December 1996, subsidiaries of  the Company and SpecTran formed  General
Photonics  LLC ('General  Photonics'), an  equally-owned joint  venture, for the
design, development,  manufacture and  marketing of  communications-grade  fiber
optic  cable for the customer  premises market in the  United States, Canada and
Mexico. SpecTran  is a  developer, manufacturer  and marketer  of glass  optical
fiber  and specialty value-added fiber optic components and assemblies. Based on
the most recent U.S. Department of Commerce data, the premise fiber optic market
grew at an annual rate of approximately  23% over the five-year period ended  in
1995.  Under the joint venture arrangement, fiber optic cable and other products
manufactured by General  Photonics will  be marketed  primarily through  General
Cable's  sales force  with some  direct sales  and customer  support provided by
General Photonics personnel. General Cable believes that the addition of premise
fiber optic cable to the Company's product  line will enable it to better  serve
its  major communications customers, nearly all of whom currently purchase fiber
optic cables. In connection  with the joint  venture, General Photonics  entered
into  a  contract  with  SpecTran's fiber  optic  manufacturing  subsidiary. The
contract, which  is co-terminous  with  the joint  venture, provides  the  joint
venture  with an available supply  of optical fiber. GCC  and SpecTran also have
entered into a non-compete arrangement as part of the joint venture.
 
     General Cable  sells Datacom  Products primarily  through distributors  and
agents  under the  General Cable'r' brand  name. The Company  believes, based on
U.S. Department of Commerce  reports, that it has  approximately a 12% share  of
the U.S. market for copper datacom products based on 1995 sales.
 
Industrial Instrumentation and Control Products
 
     The  Company's  Industrial  Instrumentation  and  Control  Products include
multi-conductor, multi-pair,  coaxial,  hook-up, audio  and  microphone  cables,
speaker and television lead wire, high temperature and shielded electronic wire,
and harness assemblies. Primary uses for these products are various applications
within  the commercial, industrial instrumentation  and control, and residential
markets.
 
     These markets  require  a  broad  range  of  multi-conductor  products  for
applications  involving programmable controllers,  robotics, process control and
computer integrated manufacturing, sensors and test equipment, as well as  cable
for  fire alarm, smoke detection,  sprinkler control, entertainment and security
systems.  Many  industrial  and  commercial  environments  require  cables  with
exterior armor and/or jacketing materials that can endure exposure to chemicals,
extreme  temperatures and outside elements. The Company offers products that are
specially designed for these applications.
 
     Harness  assemblies  are  used  in  communications  switching  systems  and
industrial  control applications. These assemblies are  used in such products as
data processing equipment, telecommunications network switches, office  machines
and industrial machinery.
 
     The  Company's  Industrial Instrumentation  and  Control Products  are sold
primarily through distributors  and agents  under the Carol'r'  brand name.  The
Company  believes, based  on U.S.  Department of  Commerce reports,  that it has
approximately a 7% share of the  U.S. market for industrial instrumentation  and
control  products (excluding harness  assemblies and coaxial  products for cable
television and other applications) based on 1995 sales.
 
                                       27
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
ELECTRICAL GROUP
 
   
     The Electrical  Group  manufactures  and  sells  wire  and  cable  products
(typically for applications at 600 volts or less) for use in non-residential and
residential structures and in a wide variety of capital goods and consumer uses.
General  Cable has four principal  Electrical product categories: building wire,
portable cord, cordsets and  OEM assemblies, and  automotive products. In  1996,
the  Electrical Group contributed  approximately 65% of  the Company's net sales
and approximately 35%  of its  operating income; in  the first  three months  of
1997,   it  contributed  approximately  70%  of  the  Company's  net  sales  and
approximately 50% of the Company's operating income. The Company intends to seek
continued improvements in  productivity, new product  developments and  customer
relationships to increase the profits derived from these product lines.
    
 
Building Wire
 
     General  Cable  manufactures  and  sells  a  broad  line  of thermosetting,
thermoplastic  and  elastomeric  insulated  wire  and  cable  products  for  the
distribution  of electrical power to  and within non-residential and residential
structures. The Company's principal  building wire products  are THHN, a  copper
conductor  used  in  non-residential construction  and  industrial applications,
Romex'r' brand residential  circuit, intermediate and  feeder sized cables,  and
value-added  specialty cables for industrial applications. According to the most
recent brand preference survey by Electrical Construction & Maintenance, General
Cable has the highest-ranked brand of building wire in the U.S. among electrical
contractors and operators of plants and facilities.
 
     Based on data  compiled by  the Copper Development  Association, from  1980
through 1995 new non-residential and residential construction square footage has
been  generally flat, while  copper cable usage has  almost doubled. The Company
believes that demand  for building  wire has increased  as a  result of  greater
wiring  density required in new construction  and renovation projects to provide
for the  electrical needs  of  such appliances  as trash  compactors,  microwave
ovens,  air conditioners, entertainment centers,  lighting and climate controls,
specialty and task lighting, electric garages and outdoor lighting systems.
 
     An increasing  portion of  the Company's  building wire  sales consists  of
sales  of  high  value-added niche  products  that meet  more  demanding service
requirements or reduce  installation costs. These  products include tray  cable,
armored  cable, aluminum  utility service  cable and  control cable  used in the
operation and interconnection of protective and signalling devices in electrical
distribution systems.
 
     General Cable has entered into a strategic sourcing agreement with  ALFLEX,
a subsidiary of Commonwealth Industries, to expand the Company's position in the
armored  cable market.  Armored cable  is armor  sheathed electrical  cable that
features excellent  mechanical  protection  and  has  become  a  cost  effective
alternative to traditional conduit and wire installations.
 
     General  Cable  sells its  building wire  products primarily  to electrical
distributors for  resale to  electrical  contractors, industrial  customers  and
OEMs.  Sales are also  made through hardware  and home center  retail chains and
other retail stores. The Company believes, based on U.S. Department of  Commerce
reports,  that it has  approximately a 17%  share of the  U.S. building wire and
cable market  based on  1995 sales.  In addition,  based on  published  industry
information,  the  Company  believes  that  it  is  one  of  the  three  largest
competitors in the U.S. building wire market.
 
Portable Cord
 
     The Company manufactures  and sells a  wide variety of  rubber and  plastic
insulated  portable  cord products  for power  and control  applications serving
industrial, mining, entertainment, OEM, farming and other markets. Portable cord
products have  electrical  characteristics similar  to  building wire,  but  are
designed  and constructed  to be used  in more dynamic  and severe environmental
conditions where a flexible but durable power supply is required. Portable  cord
products  include both  standard commercial cord  and cord  products designed to
customer specifications.  Portable  rubber-jacketed power  cord,  the  Company's
largest   selling  cord  product  line,  is  typically  manufactured  without  a
connection device at either end and  is sold in standard and  customer-specified
lengths.  Portable cord  is also sold  to OEMs for  use as power  cords on their
products and  in other  applications, in  which case  the cord  is made  to  the
 
                                       28
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
OEMs'  specifications. The Company also manufactures  portable cord for use with
moveable heavy  equipment and  machinery.  According to  the most  recent  brand
preference  survey by Electrical  Construction & Maintenance,  General Cable has
the  highest-ranked  brand  of  portable  cord  in  the  U.S.  among  electrical
contractors, operators of plants and facilities and engineering firms.
 
     General  Cable's  portable  cords  are  used  in  the  installation  of new
industrial equipment and the  maintenance of existing  equipment, and to  supply
electrical  power  at  temporary  venues  such  as  festivals,  sporting events,
concerts and construction  sites. For example,  General Cable supplied  portable
cord  for the 1996 Summer Olympics. The Company expects demand for portable cord
to grow in response to general  economic activity and the development of  higher
specification   products   for   more   environmentally   demanding   industrial
applications.
 
     General Cable's portable cord  products are sold  under the Carol'r'  brand
name,  primarily  through electrical  distributors  and electrical  retailers to
industrial customers,  OEMs, contractors  and consumers.  The Company  believes,
based  on U.S. Department of  Commerce reports, that it  has approximately a 16%
share of the U.S. portable cord market based on 1995 sales.
 
Cordsets and OEM Assemblies
 
     General Cable focuses primarily on high-performance, value-added  cordsets,
including extension cords and multiple outlet power centers, appliance cords for
ranges  and  dryers, portable  lights, and  cordsets  with surge  protection and
ground fault interruption devices  for use by  consumers, contractors and  OEMs.
Cordsets  are manufactured  with connection  devices at  one or  both ends, with
standard indoor and outdoor, single or multiple outlet extension cords being the
most common example. Jackets for  cordset products are typically  thermoplastic.
The  Company  has developed  many  high-performance plastic  and  premium rubber
cordsets for use in  a wide variety of  demanding applications, such as  outdoor
locations or rugged job sites.
 
     OEM  assemblies are  used in  a variety  of demanding  applications such as
power delivery to  office modules  and for such  products as  power hand  tools,
floor  care products  and other  appliances. The  Company targets  customers who
require premium cordsets or assemblies  that require innovative engineering  and
for  whom the Company's vertical integration  in high-performance wire and cable
provides a competitive cost advantage.
 
     The Company sells its  cordsets and cable  harness assemblies primarily  to
OEMs  and to hardware  and home center retail  chains, hardware distributors and
mass merchants  for  resale  to  consumers  and  contractors.  In  addition,  an
increasing portion of the Company's cordset sales are to electrical distributors
for  resale to retail outlets,  electrical contractors, industrial companies and
OEMs.
 
     The Company faces competition for these products from both U.S. and foreign
(particularly, Mexican  and  Asian)  cordset manufacturers  and  suppliers.  The
Company believes that it is a leading domestic supplier of cordsets.
 
Automotive Products
 
     General  Cable's principal automotive  products are ignition  wire sets and
booster cables for sale to the automotive aftermarket. The Company believes that
it offers  one  of the  broadest  ranges of  ignition  wire sets  for  the  U.S.
automotive  aftermarket. Many of the Company's  automotive products are built to
OEM specifications, and the Company utilizes the expertise of its automotive and
materials engineers in the design and manufacture of these products.
 
     Booster cable sales are affected by the severity of weather conditions  and
related  promotional activity by  retailers. As a result,  a majority of booster
cable sales occur between September and December.
 
     General Cable sells its automotive  wire and cable primarily to  automotive
parts  retailers  and distributors,  mass  merchants, hardware  and  home center
retail chains and hardware distributors.  The Company's automotive products  are
also  sold on  a private  label basis  to retailers  and other  automotive parts
manufacturers. The Company believes that it  is one of the leading suppliers  of
ignition wire to the U.S. automotive aftermarket.
 
                                       29
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
Other Operations
 
     Genca,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  designs,  manufactures  and sells
extruders, extrusion  tooling  and  equipment and  synthetic  and  carbide  wire
drawing  dies for sale  to third parties  and for use  by General Cable. Genca's
product line of extrusion tooling  and equipment includes generic and  specialty
crossheads,  extrusion  and mixing  screws, small  tools and  complete extrusion
equipment systems, including  components and related  technical services.  These
products  are used principally for the  manufacture of insulated wire and cable,
and the fabrication of plastic tubing and various hoses and pipes. General Cable
has been focusing on  expanding the applications for  these products outside  of
the traditional wire and cable markets. Among the growing technologies utilizing
the  Company's  extrusion  equipment  and tooling  are  the  medical  tubing and
automotive fuel line  industries. Genca's  products are  primarily sold  through
Genca's  agents and  direct sales  force to  end users.  Although these products
represent a  relatively  small  portion  of the  Company's  sales,  the  Company
believes  that its  other operations benefit  from the  technology and equipment
provided by this business.
 
MARKETING, DISTRIBUTION AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
     General  Cable  sells  its  products  primarily  through  electrical,  data
communications  and electronic distribution  companies, and automotive, hardware
and home center  retail chains,  and directly to  end users  in the  industrial,
entertainment  and communications  markets. General  Cable has  developed supply
relationships with  preferred  customers who  have  a favorable  combination  of
volume,   product  mix,  business  strategy   and  industry  position,  and  has
implemented a number  of initiatives designed  to enable the  Company to  better
serve these customers.
 
     Since  the Acquisition, General Cable has been implementing a comprehensive
restructuring of its marketing and distribution processes, which has contributed
to the Company's  improved profitability  and customer service.  As a  principal
part  of this initiative, the Company  has focused on creating an organizational
structure and putting in place the facilities and processes necessary to  enable
the  Company to execute its 'One Company'  strategy. In this regard, the Company
has restructured both its direct sales force and its commissioned agents and has
redesigned its sales force, agent and customer incentives.
 
     The Company  is  currently  implementing several  operational  and  service
enhancements,  including electronic  locator systems for  materials and finished
products, bar coding,  Advance Shipping  Notifications, EDI  and Vendor  Managed
Inventory  ('VMI'). Company-wide electronic product  locator systems for raw and
in-process materials and finished products  and comprehensive bar coding at  the
point  of manufacture are being put in place  in all of the Company's plants and
regional distribution centers to  allow the Company  to better monitor,  control
and  make effective use  of its inventories.  Advance Shipping Notifications are
being introduced company-wide so that in-transit product is identifiable and can
be allocated against orders while  moving toward a regional distribution  center
or  to a customer. EDI  has enabled the Company  to reduce transaction costs and
improve communications with its customers. VMI allows the Company to monitor and
replenish customer inventory, thereby reducing customer purchasing and inventory
costs and improving the Company's production and inventory planning and customer
service. The  Company  believes that  these  services enable  its  customers  to
improve service to their own customers.
 
     General  Cable has  also implemented  a number  of initiatives  designed to
reduce  operating  costs   and  improve  the   Company's  inventory   management
capabilities  to support  increased sales and  improved order  fill rates. Since
1994, the Company has closed  approximately 60 inventory stocking locations  and
established  three new regional distribution centers. The Company's distribution
centers enable General Cable to  ship all of its products  to a customer on  one
order with one set of shipping documents and to bill on one invoice. As a result
of   these  increased  efficiencies,  the  Company  has  been  able  to  achieve
significant  inventory  reductions,  decreased  operating  costs  and   improved
delivery  times and  fill rates.  The Company intends  to open  two new regional
distribution centers in  1997, and to  consolidate several additional  inventory
stocking locations into its regional distribution centers.
 
                                       30
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
COMPETITION
 
     The markets for all of General Cable's products are highly competitive, and
the  Company experiences competition  from at least  one major competitor within
each market. Due  to the diversity  of its product  lines, however, the  Company
believes  that no single competitor competes  with the Company across the entire
spectrum of the  Company's product  lines. General  Cable believes  that it  has
developed  strong  customer  relations as  a  result  of its  ability  to supply
customer needs  across a  broad range  of products,  its commitment  to  quality
control  and continuous  improvement, its  continuing investment  in information
technology, its emphasis on customer service, and its substantial production and
distribution resources.
 
     Although the primary competitive factors for General Cable's products  vary
somewhat   across  the  different  product  categories,  the  principal  factors
influencing  competition  are  generally  breadth  of  product  line,  inventory
availability  and delivery time, price, quality and customer service. Price is a
highly significant  factor for  certain lines  within the  Company's  Electrical
product  categories.  Many  of  the  Company's  products  are  made  to industry
specifications, and are therefore essentially functionally interchangeable  with
those of competitors. See 'Risk Factors -- Price and Other Competitive Factors.'
However,   the  Company   believes  that  significant   opportunities  exist  to
differentiate  all  of  its  products  on  the  basis  of  quality,   consistent
availability,  conformance  to  customer  specifications  and  customer service.
Within the communications market,  conformance to manufacturer's  specifications
and  technological  superiority are  also  important competitive  factors. Brand
recognition is also a primary differentiating factor in the portable cord market
and, to a lesser extent, in the Company's other product groups.
 
MANUFACTURING AND TECHNOLOGY
 
     General Cable's  manufacturing strategy  is  primarily focused  on  product
quality  and  production  efficiency. The  Company  seeks to  optimize  its cost
structure  through  vertical  integration,  where  appropriate,  to  lower   its
production  costs  while  maintaining  high quality  standards  in  the finished
products. For example, General Cable  internally produces a substantial  portion
of its copper rod requirements. General Cable also develops and produces certain
proprietary  thermoplastic, thermosetting  and elastomeric  compounds, which are
used as insulation and jacketing for many of its products.
 
     General Cable  has  invested and  expects  to  continue to  invest  in  new
equipment  and  production  processes,  process  controls,  automation, material
handling and packaging to further  improve its production efficiency. Since  the
Acquisition,  General Cable has spent an  aggregate of $65.3 million for capital
projects, and expects  to spend $38.0  million in 1997.  In addition, since  the
Acquisition,  General Cable  has closed five  manufacturing facilities, reducing
overall manufacturing floor space by 20% without reducing production output.
 
     General  Cable's  manufacturing  operations  involve  a  broad  variety  of
manufacturing  processes  which reflect  the  breadth of  the  Company's product
lines. All of the Company's copper  wire and cable products require that  copper
rod  be drawn and insulated. The Company  draws most of its wire requirements at
its manufacturing facilities,  and purchases the  rest of its  needs from  third
parties.  Wire  drawing is  the process  of reducing  the conductor  diameter by
pulling it through a converging set of dies until the specified product size  is
attained. For certain of the Company's products, the drawn wire is then bundled.
Most   wire   products,  including   the  bundled   wire,  are   insulated  with
thermoplastic, thermosetting, elastomeric or fluoropolymer compounds through  an
extrusion  process. Extrusion  involves the  melting, feeding  and pumping  of a
polymeric compound through a die  to shape it into its  final form on the  wire.
The  Company has the capability  to manufacture thermoplastic, thermosetting and
elastomeric compounds in a wide  variety of proprietary formulations and  colors
which  are then extruded onto wire.  General Cable also supplies its competitors
with certain  of  these proprietary  compounds.  The insulated  wires  are  then
combined,  or  cabled, in  a  number of  configurations  to achieve  the desired
performance characteristics.  A  final  extrusion  process  applies  an  overall
covering, or 'jacket,' to the cable.
 
     General  Cable  maintains  advanced  manufacturing,  quality  assurance and
testing equipment geared  to the  specific products which  it manufactures,  and
which  enable  the Company  to achieve  the  critical tolerances  in insulating,
cabling, jacketing,  pairing  and  other  processes required  for  many  of  the
 
                                       31
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
Company's  high-performance products. The Company believes that meeting industry
standards and codes is critical to its success, and its products are designed to
satisfy the safety and  performance standards set  by various industrial  groups
and  testing laboratories. UL, a nonprofit, independent organization, operates a
listing service  for  electrical  and electronic  materials  and  equipment.  UL
listing  is required by national  and most local electrical  codes in the United
States. UL conformity assessment includes testing, evaluation, certification and
periodic inspections by UL of the Company's manufacturing facilities.
 
     In addition to standards  organizations, the Company's electrical  products
are  designed  to comply  with  electrical code  requirements,  particularly the
National Electric Code, federal specifications  and various local and  municipal
codes.  As  part  of  the  Company's focus  on  meeting  and  exceeding customer
expectations and industry standards, 11  of the Company's 17 U.S.  manufacturing
facilities  are ISO 9002 certified, and the Company is working to certify all of
its manufacturing and  distribution facilities. ISO  9002 is an  internationally
recognized verification system for quality management. The Company believes that
such  registration is an important factor in  its ability to maintain and expand
its participation in international markets.
 
RAW MATERIALS
 
     The principal raw material used by General Cable in the manufacture of  its
wire  and cable  products is  copper. General  Cable purchases  copper in either
cathode, rod or wire form from a number of major domestic and foreign producers,
generally through  annual  supply  contracts.  In  1996,  the  Company  produced
approximately  37% of the copper rod used in its manufacturing operations at its
cast copper rod  mill, which uses  both cathode and  recycled copper. Copper  is
available from many sources, and General Cable believes that it is not dependent
on  any single supplier  of copper. In  1996, the Company's  largest supplier of
copper accounted for approximately 30% of the Company's copper purchases.
 
     General Cable  has  centralized  its copper  purchasing  to  capitalize  on
economies of scale and to facilitate the negotiation of favorable purchase terms
from  suppliers. The cost of copper  has been subject to considerable volatility
over the past  several years.  However, as  a result  of a  number of  practices
intended  to match copper purchases with  sales, the Company's profitability has
generally not  been significantly  affected  by changes  in copper  prices.  For
certain  of the Company's products (primarily  building wire and portable cord),
which are priced on a daily basis, the Company purchases copper at prices  based
on  the average of the  daily closing selling prices of  copper on the COMEX for
the month in which the purchase  occurs, plus a negotiated premium  (principally
representing  transportation costs and processing charges). For a portion of its
other sales, the Company purchases copper cathode from its existing vendor  base
at  a  firm price  for  future delivery  against orders  or,  with respect  to a
contract that is fixed as to  price but not as to  volume, for a portion of  the
estimated  volume. Finally,  the Company's  arrangements with  certain customers
provide for the pass-through of changes in copper costs through price revisions.
As a result of these practices,  the Company generally passes changes in  copper
prices  along  to its  customers, although  there are  timing delays  of varying
lengths  depending  upon  the  type  of  product,  competitive  conditions   and
particular  customer  arrangements. Generally,  the Company  does not  engage in
speculative metals trading or other  speculative activities, nor does it  engage
in  activities  to  hedge  the  underlying value  of  its  copper  inventory. In
addition, the New Credit Facility is expected to contain a provision restricting
General Cable from  engaging in hedging  activities other than  in the  ordinary
course  of  business.  See  'Risk  Factors  --  Impact  of  Copper  Prices'  and
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations.'
 
     Other  raw materials utilized  by the Company include  nylon, PVC resin and
compounds, polyethylene and plasticizers, fluoropolymer compounds, a variety  of
filling,  binding  and  sheathing  materials,  and  aluminum  wire.  The Company
believes that  all of  these materials  are available  in sufficient  quantities
through purchases in the open market.
 
     In  connection  with the  Company's  joint venture  with  SpecTran, General
Photonics has entered into a contract with a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpecTran
for   the   purchase  of  optical  fiber.   See ' -- Products  and   Markets  --
Communications Group -- Datacom Products.'
 
                                       32
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
 
     General Cable believes that the success of its business depends more on the
technical competence, creativity and marketing  abilities of its employees  than
on  any individual patent,  trademark or copyright.  Nevertheless, General Cable
has a policy of  seeking patents when appropriate  on inventions concerning  new
products  and product improvements as part  of its ongoing research, development
and manufacturing activities. The Company owns 35 U.S. patents, which expire  in
1999  through 2017,  and has  four patent  applications pending  in the  U.S. In
addition, the Company  owns 25  foreign patents,  which expire  in 1998  through
2015. The Company also owns 73 registered trademarks and 29 trademarks for which
application for registration is pending.
 
     Although  in the aggregate these patents and trademarks are of considerable
importance to the manufacturing and marketing of many of the Company's products,
the Company does not consider any single patent or trademark or group of patents
or trademarks to be  material to its  business as a  whole. While General  Cable
occasionally  obtains patent licenses from third  parties, none are deemed to be
significant. Trademarks which are deemed to be important are Carol'r', Genca'r',
General Cable'r', Romex'r',  Vutron'r' and DreamLan'tm',  and the General  Cable
triangle  symbol.  General Cable  believes that  the Company's  products bearing
these  trademarks  have  achieved  significant  brand  recognition  within   the
industry.
 
     General  Cable also relies on trade  secret protection for its confidential
and proprietary information. The  Company routinely enters into  confidentiality
agreements  with its employees. There can  be no assurance, however, that others
will not independently  obtain similar information  and techniques or  otherwise
gain  access to the Company's trade secrets or  that the Company will be able to
effectively protect its trade secrets.
 
ENGINEERING AND DEVELOPMENT
 
   
     General Cable actively engages in a continuing engineering and  development
program  and employs over 75 engineers  and technicians. The Company maintains a
central  research,  development  and  product  testing  laboratory  in  Highland
Heights,  Kentucky. In addition,  each of the  Company's manufacturing locations
has process  and manufacturing  engineering facilities  and, in  certain  cases,
product  engineering  facilities.  The  engineering  and  development activities
conducted by the Company  at these facilities  include new product  development,
testing  and  analysis,  process  and  equipment  development  and  testing, and
compound materials development and testing.
    
 
     The Company's products are designed  to satisfy the safety and  performance
standards set by various industrial groups and testing laboratories, and care is
exercised  throughout  the manufacturing  process  to ensure  that  the products
conform to industry, government and customer specifications. The characteristics
of insulating  compounds are  designed  to satisfy  safety and  other  technical
requirements.
 
     General  Cable's  personnel take  an active  role  in the  establishment of
industry standards, codes and specifications. The Company has representatives on
committees of the National  Electrical Manufacturers Association, the  Institute
of Electrical & Electronics Engineers, the Electronic Industries Association and
other organizations.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     At  March 31,  1997, approximately 3,800  persons were  employed by General
Cable,  and  collective  bargaining   agreements  covered  approximately   2,200
employees  at  14  locations.  During  the  last  five  years,  the  Company has
experienced two strikes affecting a total of three facilities; both preceded the
Acquisition and were settled on satisfactory terms. Union contracts will  expire
at  three facilities in 1997, six facilities in 1998 and two facilities in 1999.
The Company believes that its relationships with employees are good.
    
 
PROPERTIES
 
     General Cable operates 17  manufacturing facilities in  the U.S., of  which
14,  totaling approximately  3.5 million square  feet, are  owned. The remaining
three facilities, totaling approximately 216,000 square
 
                                       33
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
feet, are leased  under agreements with  expiration dates ranging  from 1997  to
2000.  In addition, General Cable  operates two manufacturing facilities outside
the U.S., totaling  approximately 27,500  square feet. The  Company also  leases
three regional distribution centers, totaling approximately 717,240 square feet,
located  in Anaheim, Dallas and  Atlanta, and a 64,000  square foot warehouse in
Des Plaines, Illinois.  These leases  expire in  2001 and  2002. Company  agents
manage  two additional regional  distribution centers in  Chicago and Bridgeton,
New Jersey.
 
     The Company's principal properties are  listed below. The Company  believes
that  its  properties are  generally well  maintained and  are adequate  for the
Company's current level of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 SQUARE                   USE/PRODUCT                   OWNED
LOCATION                          FEET                      LINE(S)                   OR LEASED
- ------------------------------   -------    ---------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                              <C>        <C>                                       <C>
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES:
Manchester, NH................   533,000    Electronic and Datacom Products             Owned
Plano, TX.....................   404,000    Electrical Products and Rod Mill            Owned
Lincoln, RI...................   398,000    Electrical Products and Automotive          Owned
Bonham, TX....................   330,000    Outside Voice and Data Products             Owned
Mountoursville, PA............   318,000    Cordsets and Electrical Products            Owned
Monticello, IL................   250,000    Outside Voice and Data Products             Owned
Kingman, AZ...................   243,000    Electrical Products                         Owned
Watkinsville, GA..............   224,000    Electrical Products                         Owned
Altoona, PA...................   195,000    Automotive Products                         Owned
Lawrenceburg, KY..............   190,000    Outside Voice and Data Products and         Owned
                                              Datacom Products
Williamstown, MA..............   167,000    Electrical Products and Cordsets            Owned
Taunton, MA...................   138,000    Wire Fabricating                           Leased
Sanger, CA....................   105,000    Datacom Products                            Owned
Cass City, MI.................   100,000    Datacom Products                            Owned
Clearwater, FL................    72,300    Extrusion Systems and Tooling               Owned
Kenly, NC.....................    50,000    Electrical OEM Products                    Leased
Ft. Wayne, IN.................    28,000    Wire Drawing Dies                          Leased
Piedras Negras, Mexico........    16,540    Communications Assemblies                  Leased
Wellingborough, UK............    11,000    Automotive and Electrical OEM Products     Leased
 
DISTRIBUTION AND OTHER FACILITIES:
Atlanta, GA...................   328,260    Distribution Center                        Leased
Dallas, TX....................   200,000    Distribution Center                        Leased
Anaheim, CA...................   188,980    Distribution Center                        Leased
Highland Heights, KY..........   166,000    Corporate Headquarters and Laboratory       Owned
Des Plaines, IL...............    64,000    Warehouse                                  Leased
Toronto, Ontario Canada.......    24,000    Sales Office and Warehouse                 Leased
</TABLE>
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company is subject to numerous  federal, state, local and foreign  laws
and  regulations relating  to the storage,  handling, emission  and discharge of
materials into the environment, including CERCLA, the Clean Water Act, the Clean
Air Act  (including  the 1990  amendments)  and the  Resource  Conservation  and
Recovery Act.
 
     Subsidiaries  of the Company  have been identified as  PRPs with respect to
several sites designated for cleanup under  CERCLA or similar state laws,  which
impose  liability for  cleanup of  certain waste  sites and  for related natural
resource damages without regard to fault or the legality of waste generation  or
disposal.  Persons liable for such costs  and damages generally include the site
owner or operator  and persons  that disposed or  arranged for  the disposal  of
hazardous  substances found  at those sites.  Although CERCLA  imposes joint and
several liability on all PRPs, in  application, the PRPs typically allocate  the
investigation  and cleanup costs  based, among other things,  upon the volume of
waste contributed  by  each  PRP.  Settlements can  often  be  achieved  through
negotiations  with the appropriate environmental agency  or the other PRPs. PRPs
that contributed small amounts of waste (typically less
 
                                       34
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
than 1% of the waste) are often given the opportunity to settle as 'de  minimis'
parties,  resolving their liability for a  particular site. The Company does not
own or operate any of the waste sites with respect to which it has been named as
a PRP by  the government. Based  on its  review and other  factors, the  Company
believes  that costs to the Company  relating to environmental clean-up at these
sites will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, cash
flows or financial position.
 
     American Premier, in connection with  the Acquisition, agreed to  indemnify
General  Cable  against  liabilities (including  all  environmental liabilities)
arising out of General  Cable's or its predecessors'  ownership or operation  of
the  Indiana  Steel &  Wire Company  and  Marathon Manufacturing  Holdings, Inc.
businesses (which were divested  by the Predecessor  prior to the  Acquisition),
without  limitation  as  to time  or  amount.  American Premier  also  agreed to
indemnify General Cable against 66  2/3% of all other environmental  liabilities
arising  out of General  Cable's or its predecessors'  ownership or operation of
other properties and assets in  excess of $10 million but  not in excess of  $33
million  which are  identified during  the seven  year period  ending June 2001.
General Cable also  has claims  against third parties  with respect  to some  of
these  liabilities.  While  it  is difficult  to  estimate  future environmental
liabilities accurately, the Company does  not currently anticipate any  material
adverse  effect on its results of  operations, financial condition or cash flows
as a result of  compliance with federal, state,  local or foreign  environmental
laws or regulations or cleanup costs of the sites discussed above.
 
   
     At  March  31, 1997,  the Company  had  accrued approximately  $7.2 million
(exclusive of  an  additional accrual  of  approximately $2.2  million  for  the
asbestos-related  litigation described below under  ' -- Legal Proceedings') for
various environmental related  liabilities of  which the Company  is aware.  The
Company  cannot  predict whether  future  developments in  laws  and regulations
concerning environmental protection or unanticipated enforcement or other  legal
actions,  particularly  with respect  to  environmental standards,  will require
material capital  expenditures  or  otherwise affect  its  financial  condition,
results  of operation or cash flow in  a materially adverse manner or whether it
will be successful in meeting future demands of regulatory agencies in a  manner
which  will  not have  a material  adverse  effect on  the Company's  results of
operations, cash flows or financial position. See 'Risk Factors -- Environmental
Matters.'
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     There are approximately 4,900 pending non-maritime asbestos cases involving
subsidiaries of the Company.  The overwhelming majority  of these cases  involve
employees  in  shipyards  alleging exposure  to  asbestos-contaminated shipboard
cable manufactured by General Cable's predecessors. In addition to the Company's
subsidiaries, numerous other  wire and  cable manufacturers have  been named  as
defendants.  Most cases previously filed have  been dismissed with prejudice and
without  imposition  of  liability  against  the  Company.  In  some  instances,
individual  cases  have  been  settled  on  a  de  minimis  basis.  In addition,
subsidiaries of the Company have been  named, together with numerous other  wire
and  cable manufacturers, as defendants in approximately 14,000 suits brought by
plaintiffs alleging asbestos-related injury from the maritime industry ('MARDOC'
cases), under the  supervision of the  U.S. District Court  for the District  of
Eastern  Pennsylvania (the 'District Court'). On  May 1, 1996 the District Court
ordered that  9,373 of  such MARDOC  cases be  dismissed without  prejudice  for
failure  to  plead  sufficient  facts.  Pursuant  to  that  order  of dismissal,
plaintiffs' attorney was  permitted to  bring future  MARDOC cases  only if  the
cases  were brought in admiralty under the Merchant Marine Act of 1920 (commonly
known as the Jones Act) and if counsel paid a filing fee for each new  complaint
and  pleaded  sufficient facts  showing an  asbestos-related  injury as  well as
product identification specific as to each defendant. Subsequently,  plaintiffs'
counsel  filed additional cases, and defendants filed a motion seeking dismissal
of all MARDOC cases and an injunction  against any new suits on essentially  the
same  grounds as  the prior motion  that was granted  in May 1996.  On March 17,
1997, the District Court ordered that all MARDOC cases, including any cases  not
covered  by the May 1, 1996  order, all actions filed after  May 1, 1996 and all
future cases, be administratively  dismissed and placed  on an inactive  docket.
These  cases were dismissed  without prejudice, but  can be refiled  only if the
cases are brought in admiralty under the Jones Act and plaintiff's counsel  pays
a filing fee for each such complaint and pleads sufficient facts showing both an
asbestos-related    injury   and   product   identification   specific   as   to
 
                                       35
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
each defendant. Based upon its experience to date, the Company does not  believe
that the outcome of the pending non-maritime and MARDOC asbestos cases will have
a  material adverse effect on its results of operations, cash flows or financial
position.
 
     In January 1994,  General Cable  entered into a  settlement agreement  with
certain  principal  primary  insurers  concerning  liability  for  the  costs of
defense, judgments and settlements,  if any, in all  of the asbestos  litigation
described  above.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  settlement
agreement, the insurers are responsible for  a substantial portion of the  costs
and  expenses  incurred  in  the  defense  or  resolution  of  such  litigation.
Accordingly, based on (i) the terms of the insurance settlement agreement;  (ii)
the  relative costs  and expenses incurred  in the disposition  of past asbestos
cases; (iii) reserves established on the books of the Company which are believed
to be reasonable; and (iv) defenses available to the Company in the  litigation,
the Company believes that the resolution of the present asbestos litigation will
not  have a material adverse effect on  its results of operations, cash flows or
financial position. Liabilities incurred in connection with asbestos  litigation
are  not  covered  by the  American  Premier indemnification  referred  to under
' -- Environmental Liabilities' above.
 
     General  Cable  is  a  party   to  various  other  legal  proceedings   and
administrative   actions  in  addition  to   those  discussed  above  and  under
' -- Environmental Matters,' all of which  are of an ordinary or routine  nature
incidental  to the operations  of the Company.  In the opinion  of the Company's
management, such  proceedings and  actions should  not, individually  or in  the
aggregate,  have a  material adverse effect  on its results  of operations, cash
flows or financial position.
 
                                       36

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     Upon consummation of the Offerings, the executive officers of General Cable
will be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                 AGE                    POSITION(S) WITH THE COMPANY
- --------------------------------   ---   ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                <C>   <C>
                                         
Stephen Rabinowitz..............   54    Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer
                                           and Director
                                           
Gregory B. Kenny................   44    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
                                           and Director
                                         
Christopher F. Virgulak.........   42    Executive Vice President, Chief
                                           Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                         
Robert J. Siverd................   48    Executive Vice President,
                                           General Counsel and Secretary
</TABLE>
 
     Mr.  Rabinowitz has served as President  and Chief Executive Officer of GCC
since joining it  in September  1994 and  became Chairman,  President and  Chief
Executive  Officer of the  Company in March  1997. From March  1992 until August
1994, Mr. Rabinowitz served  as President and  Group Executive for  AlliedSignal
Friction  Materials and as  President of AlliedSignal  Braking Systems Business.
For the ten years prior thereto, he held various executive positions at  General
Electric  Company,  including  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  GE
Electrical Distribution and Control and Vice President and General Manager of GE
Lighting Technology Division. Mr.  Rabinowitz is a  director of JLG  Industries,
Inc.
 
     Mr. Kenny has served as Executive Vice President of GCC since June 1994. He
also  became Chief Operating Officer of GCC  in February 1997 and Executive Vice
President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of the Company in March  1997.
Mr.  Kenny was Senior Vice President of GCC  from April 1992 until June 1994. He
joined PCC in 1982 and  served in various executive  positions with PCC and  GCC
thereafter.
 
     Mr.  Virgulak  has  served  as Executive  Vice  President,  Chief Financial
Officer and  Treasurer of  GCC  since October  1994  and became  Executive  Vice
President,  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer  of the Company in March 1997.
From January 1993 to October 1994,  Mr. Virgulak was Chief Financial Officer  of
Wassall  USA, Inc.,  an affiliate  of Wassall.  From November  1990 to September
1992, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Carol Cable Company, Inc., then  a
subsidiary of PCC.
 
     Mr.  Siverd has  served as  Executive Vice  President, General  Counsel and
Secretary of GCC since August 1994 and became Executive Vice President,  General
Counsel  and  Secretary  of  the  Company in  March  1997.  He  was  Senior Vice
President, General Counsel and Secretary of GCC from April 1992 until July  1994
and  Vice President  and Associate  General Counsel  of PCC  from September 1987
through June 1992.
 
OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     General Cable's other key management employees are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                YEARS OF
              NAME                  AGE                      POSITION(S)                        SERVICE
- ---------------------------------   ---   -------------------------------------------------   ------------
 
<S>                                 <C>   <C>                                                 <C>

Harold C. Bevis..................   37    Senior Vice President and General Manager for             2
                                            Building Wire Products
Richard D. Foster................   57    Senior Vice President, Human Resources                    1
                                    
Joseph Ewing-Chow................   51    Vice President, Information Systems                      16

R. David Corey...................   48    Vice President and General Manager for Outside           26
                                            Voice and Data Products
                                    
Kenneth A. McAllister............   52    Vice President and General Manager for                   11
                                            Datacom/Electronic Products

Elizabeth W. Taliaferro..........   41    Vice President, Sales Systems                            15
                                    
Bryan Kelln......................   31    Vice President, Supply Chain Management                   2
                                                                                                   
Larry L. Davis...................   55    Vice President, Operations                               34
</TABLE>
 
                                       37
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
General
 
   
     The Board of Directors of the  Company currently consists of the  Company's
Chief  Executive and Chief Operating Officers, Stephen Rabinowitz and Gregory B.
Kenny, who were elected as directors in March 1997 and two designees of Wassall,
Kevin J.  Doyle and  David A.  Roper, who  have served  as directors  since  the
Acquisition.  Mr. Doyle,  41, has been  Chief Executive Officer  of Wassall USA,
Inc., an affiliate of  Wassall, since 1991  and has been  a director of  Wassall
since  January 1993. He served  as President of the  Company and Chairman of GCC
from the Acquisition  until March  1997. Mr. Roper,  46, has  been an  executive
director  of Wassall since September 1988  and Deputy Chief Executive of Wassall
since March 1994.
    
 
   
     The directors are divided into three classes of directors serving staggered
three-year terms. The  initial term of  office of the  first class of  directors
(the   'Class  I  Directors')  will  expire   at  the  1998  annual  meeting  of
stockholders, the initial term of office  of the second class of directors  (the
'Class  II Directors') will  expire at the 1999  annual meeting of stockholders,
and the initial term of office of  the third class of directors (the 'Class  III
Directors')  will expire at the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders. The Class I
Directors will  initially consist  of Mr.  Roper, the  Class II  Directors  will
initially  consist  of Mr.  Kenny, and  the Class  III Directors  will initially
consist of Messrs. Doyle and Rabinowitz. Commencing with the 1998 annual meeting
of stockholders, directors elected to  succeed those directors whose terms  have
thereupon  expired will be  elected to a term  of office to  expire at the third
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. See 'Description
of Capital Stock -- Certain Anti-Takeover Effects -- Certain Charter and  By-Law
Provisions.'
    
 
   
     The Company anticipates that the Board of Directors will be expanded to add
four  directors (to be divided among the three classes) who are not employees of
either the Company or Wassall as  soon as practicable after consummation of  the
Offerings,  and that at least  one non-employee director will  be added no later
than 90 days after completion of the Offerings. It is anticipated that Mr. Roper
will resign from the Board of Directors  upon the appointment of one or more  of
such additional directors.
    
 
Committees
 
     Upon  appointment  of  the  additional directors,  the  Company's  Board of
Directors will establish an Audit  Committee and a Compensation Committee,  each
consisting  entirely  of directors  who are  not employees  of the  Company. The
functions of these standing committees will be as follows:
 
     Audit Committee.  The  Audit  Committee will  be  responsible  for  matters
relating to accounting policies and practices, financial reporting, and internal
controls.  It will recommend to the Board of Directors the appointment of a firm
of independent  accountants  to audit  the  Company's financial  statements  and
review  with representatives  of the  independent accountants  the scope  of the
audit of the Company's financial statements, results of audits, audit costs  and
recommendations with respect to internal controls and financial matters. It will
also review non-audit services rendered by the Company's independent accountants
and  periodically  meet with  or receive  reports  from the  Company's principal
financial and accounting officers.
 
   
     Compensation  Committee.   The   Compensation  Committee   will   set   the
compensation  of all executive officers and  administer the Stock Incentive Plan
and Company's other executive compensation plans and programs (including setting
performance targets and making awards under such plans). It will also review the
competitiveness of  the  Company's  management  and  director  compensation  and
benefit   programs  and   review  principal  employee   relations  policies  and
procedures. It is intended that all  members of the Compensation Committee  will
be  'Non-Employee  Directors'  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3  under  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as  amended (the 'Exchange Act'), and  'outside
directors'  within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the 'Code').
    
 
                                       38
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
Compensation of Directors
 
     It is  anticipated  that,  following consummation  of  the  Offerings,  the
Company  will  establish  a  compensation  program  for  directors  who  are not
employees of the  Company, including  annual retainer  and meeting  fees. It  is
anticipated that a portion of such fees may be payable in awards under the Stock
Incentive Plan and the balance will be paid in cash.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
     During  1996,  neither the  Company's nor  GCC's Board  of Directors  had a
compensation committee  or other  committee  performing similar  functions.  The
directors  of the  Company (Messrs.  Doyle and Roper)  and the  directors of GCC
(Messrs. Doyle, Roper and  Rabinowitz) participated in deliberations  concerning
executive compensation.
 
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation
awarded  or paid to or earned by the  chief executive officer and the four other
most highly compensated executive officers of the Company for services  rendered
in all capacities to the Company (including its subsidiaries) for 1996.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   NAME AND                                                     OTHER ANNUAL          ALL OTHER
              PRINCIPAL POSITION               YEAR    SALARY      BONUS      COMPENSATION(1)      COMPENSATION(2)
- ---------------------------------------------- ----   ---------   --------   ------------------   ------------------
 
<S>                                            <C>    <C>         <C>        <C>                  <C>
Stephen Rabinowitz ........................... 1996   $ 354,423   $830,921        $ 12,387             $ 42,433
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive
  Officer
Gregory B. Kenny ............................. 1996     235,000    250,000           9,293               27,557
  Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
  Officer
Robert J. Siverd ............................. 1996     215,045    207,000           3,461               21,732
  Executive Vice President, General Counsel
  and Secretary
Christopher F. Virgulak ...................... 1996     191,539    200,000           5,463               20,701
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
  Officer and Treasurer
Harold C. Bevis .............................. 1996     155,481    180,000           4,167               10,153
  Senior Vice President
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Represents  the  amount reimbursed  during the  fiscal  year for  payment of
    insurance premiums and related taxes thereon.
 
(2) Includes (a) imputed income from life insurance in the amounts of $3,168 for
    Mr. Rabinowitz, $857  for Mr.  Kenny, $1,329 for  Mr. Siverd,  $683 for  Mr.
    Virgulak  and $345  for Mr. Bevis  and (b) employer  matching and additional
    contributions pursuant to the Company's retirement and excess benefit  plans
    in the amounts of $39,265 for Mr. Rabinowitz, $26,700 for Mr. Kenny, $20,403
    for Mr. Siverd, $20,018 for Mr. Virgulak and $9,808 for Mr. Bevis.
 
1997 ANNUAL INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN
 
     The  following is a description of the  1997 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan of
the Company (the '1997 Plan'), which will be adopted by the Selling  Stockholder
prior  to consummation of the Offerings. This  description is intended only as a
summary and is qualified in  its entirety by reference  to the 1997 Plan,  which
will  be  filed  as an  exhibit  to  the Registration  Statement  of  which this
Prospectus forms a part.
 
     The 1997 Plan is designed to attract, retain and motivate key employees  of
the  Company and the Company's subsidiaries  by providing a cash incentive award
for 1997  to  approximately 110  employees  of  the Company  and  the  Company's
subsidiaries   who  have   been  selected  to   participate  by   the  Board  of
 
                                       39
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
Directors, subject  to consummation  of the  Offerings. Upon  attainment by  the
Company  of specified performance goals based on the Company's operating results
(the 'Performance Goal'),  the Company shall  pay participants their  respective
bonus  payout  based  on  the  participants'  base  salaries  multiplied  by the
applicable multiplier  factor  under the  Performance  Goal. The  maximum  bonus
payout  attainable under the 1997  Plan by each of  the individuals named in the
Summary Compensation Table (as a  percentage of their respective base  salaries)
is  120% for Mr. Rabinowitz, 120% for Mr.  Kenny, 90% for Mr. Siverd and 90% for
Mr. Virgulak.
 
     It is expected that compensation paid  under the 1997 Plan to  participants
who  are 'covered employees'  as defined in  Section 162(m) of  the Code and the
applicable regulations thereunder will be deductible by the Company for  federal
income  tax  purposes based  upon  a special  transition  rule contained  in the
Treasury regulations for  private corporations that  complete an initial  public
offering.
 
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The  following is a description of the  Stock Incentive Plan, which will be
adopted by the Selling Stockholder prior to consummation of the Offerings.  This
description  is intended only as  a summary and is  qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Stock Incentive Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to  the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
   
     The  Stock Incentive Plan  is designed to attract,  retain and motivate key
employees of  the  Company and  the  Company's  subsidiaries and  to  align  the
interests  of  the Company's  key employees  with those  of its  stockholders by
providing opportunities to receive  Common Stock or  monetary payments based  on
the  value of  the Common Stock.  Awards under  the Stock Incentive  Plan may be
granted in  any  one  or a  combination  of  (a) stock  options,  which  may  be
'incentive  stock options,' within  the meaning of  Section 422 of  the Code, or
stock options  which  do  not  constitute incentive  stock  options,  (b)  stock
appreciation  rights  ('SARs'),  (c) restricted  stock  awards,  (d) performance
awards and (e) stock units. A maximum of 2,450,000 shares of Common Stock may be
issued or used for reference purposes pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.  The
maximum  number of shares  of Common Stock  with respect to  which Awards may be
granted or measured to any individual participant under the Stock Incentive Plan
during the term of the Stock Incentive Plan will not exceed 1,000,000 shares and
the maximum number of shares with respect to which stock options and SARs may be
granted to any individual participant under the Stock Incentive Plan during  the
term  of the  Stock Incentive  Plan shall not  exceed 750,000  shares. The Stock
Incentive Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of  adoption
(unless sooner terminated by the Board).
    
 
   
     The  Stock Incentive  Plan will be  administered by the  Company's Board of
Directors, and  by  the  Compensation  Committee once  it  is  established.  The
composition of the Compensation Committee is intended to satisfy the requirement
contained  in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act that the Stock Incentive Plan be
administered by  'Non-Employee Directors'  (as defined  in Rule  16b-3) so  that
awards  granted under the Stock Incentive Plan  are exempt from Section 16(b) of
the Exchange Act. The Compensation Committee will have the authority, subject to
the terms of the  Stock Incentive Plan,  to determine when and  to whom to  make
grants  or awards  under the  plan, the number  of shares  to be  covered by the
grants or awards,  the types  and terms  of performance  awards, stock  options,
SARs,  restricted stock grants and stock units,  and the exercise price of stock
options and SARs,  and to  prescribe, amend  and rescind  rules and  regulations
relating   to   the   Stock  Incentive   Plan.   The   Compensation  Committee's
determinations under the  Stock Incentive Plan  need not be  uniform and may  be
made  by it selectively among  persons who receive, or  are eligible to receive,
grants and awards under the Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
   
     Participants will consist  of such  key employees  of the  Company and  the
Company's  subsidiaries  as the  Compensation Committee  in its  sole discretion
determines to be significantly responsible for the success and future growth and
profitability of the Company and  whom the Compensation Committee may  designate
from time to time to receive awards under the Stock Incentive Plan. The terms of
any  grants  under  the Stock  Incentive  Plan  will be  governed  by  the award
agreements issued  in connection  with awards  under the  Stock Incentive  Plan.
Approximately  110 employees currently are eligible  to participate in the Stock
Incentive Plan.
    
 
                                       40
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     The Company's Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the  Stock
Incentive  Plan at any time except that,  unless approved by stockholders of the
Company, no such amendment may (i) increase the total number of shares which may
be issued under the Stock  Incentive Plan or the  maximum number of shares  with
respect  to which Awards may be granted  to any individual participant under the
Stock Incentive Plan, except for adjustments to reflect stock dividends or other
recapitalizations affecting the number  or kind of  outstanding shares, or  (ii)
modify  the requirements as to eligibility  for awards under the Stock Incentive
Plan. In addition, no amendment to the Plan may be made without approval of  the
stockholders  if  the amendment  would  disqualify any  incentive  stock options
granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. By mutual agreement between the  Company
and  a  participant,  awards may  be  made  under the  Stock  Incentive  Plan in
substitution and cancellation  of awards previously  granted to the  participant
under  the Stock Incentive Plan  or under any other  plan of the Company. Awards
granted under the Stock Incentive Plan are subject to adjustment in the event of
certain changes affecting the Common Stock.
    
 
   
     The Compensation Committee may grant  'incentive stock options' within  the
meaning  of Section 422  of the Code,  'non-qualified stock options'  or SARs in
respect of shares of Common Stock to participating employees alone or in  tandem
with  other awards under the Stock Incentive Plan. The exercise price of a stock
option or base price of an SAR may not be less than the fair market value of the
underlying shares of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise  period
for  stock options and SARs will be determined by the Compensation Committee and
may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Stock options and SARs will  be
exercisable  at such times, in  such amounts, in accordance  with such terms and
conditions, and subject to such restrictions, as are set forth in the  agreement
evidencing  the grant  of such  options or  SARs. In  the event  of a  change of
control (as defined  in the Stock  Incentive Plan) of  the Company,  outstanding
stock options and SARs may become exercisable immediately and, in the discretion
of the Compensation Committee, the excess of the fair market value of the Common
Stock  subject to  such stock options  or SARs  over the exercise  price or base
price thereof will be paid out in cash.
    
 
     Stock options and SARs may be transferred by an optionee only by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised only by the  optionee
or  grantee during his lifetime. If a  participant dies and the applicable award
agreement so provides, all outstanding options and SARs will become  immediately
vested  and may be exercised by the person  or persons to whom the optionee's or
grantee's rights pass within one year  after the optionee's or grantee's  death.
In  no case (other than in the event  of the participant's death) may options or
SARs be exercised later than  the expiration date of  the stock options or  SARs
specified in the grant.
 
     Upon exercise of an SAR, a holder generally is entitled, without payment to
the Company, to receive cash, shares of Common Stock or any combination thereof,
as determined by the Compensation Committee, in an amount equal to the excess of
the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the
base  price, multiplied by the  number of shares in respect  of which the SAR is
exercised.
 
     The Compensation Committee  may grant  performance awards, in  the form  of
shares or units, to participating employees alone or in tandem with other awards
under  the Stock  Incentive Plan. In  the event that  the Compensation Committee
grants such awards, it will establish performance goals which, depending on  the
extent  to  which  they are  met,  will  determine the  number  and/or  value of
performance awards that will  be paid out.  Payouts may be  in shares of  Common
Stock (with or without restrictions) and/or cash. Performance goals may be based
upon Company-wide, divisional and/or individual performance.
 
     The  Compensation Committee  may grant  stock awards,  in such  amounts and
subject to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Compensation  Committee  will
determine.  The vesting of a stock award  granted under the Stock Incentive Plan
may be conditioned upon  the completion of a  specified period of service,  upon
the  attainment of specified performance goals  and/or upon such other criteria,
if any, as the Compensation Committee  may determine. In addition, the right  to
vote  and receive dividends on  the shares of Common  Stock subject to the stock
award will be determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
                                       41
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     The Compensation Committee also may grant  stock units, each of which is  a
notional  account representing  one share of  Common Stock.  Stock units granted
under the Stock Incentive  Plan are payable  in shares of  Common Stock at  such
time  as  is  set  forth in  an  award  agreement and  are  accompanied  by such
restrictions on  vesting, if  any,  as may  be  determined by  the  Compensation
Committee. While stock units do not confer voting rights on the participant, the
Compensation  Committee may provide that a stock unit be accompanied by dividend
equivalent rights payable in cash or in the form of additional stock units.
 
   
     All stock options and  SARs, and certain  stock awards, performance  awards
and  stock units, granted  under the Stock Incentive  Plan, and the compensation
attributable to such awards, are  intended to (i) qualify as  'performance-based
compensation'  (as such term is used in Section  162(m) of the Code) and thus be
exempt from the deduction  limitation imposed by Section  162(m) of the Code  or
(ii) be otherwise exempt from the deduction limitation imposed by Section 162(m)
of  the  Code. Certain  awards granted  under  the Stock  Incentive Plan  may be
granted  in  a  manner  such  that  the  awards  qualify  as  'performance-based
compensation'  if either the granting or vesting of such award is subject to the
achievement of a  performance target  or targets  based on  one or  more of  the
following  performance measures: net  sales; pretax income  before allocation of
corporate overhead and bonus; budget; earnings per share; net income;  division,
group  or corporate financial  goals; return on  stockholders' equity; return on
assets; attainment  of strategic  and operational  initiatives; appreciation  in
and/or maintenance of the price of the Common Stock or any other publicly-traded
securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings before interest
and  taxes;  earnings  before interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and amortization;
economic value-added  models; comparisons  with  various stock  market  indices;
and/or reductions in costs.
    
 
   
     Following consummation of the Offerings, the Board of Directors is expected
to award Restricted Stock having a potential maximum undiscounted aggregate fair
market value on the date of grant (based upon the initial public offering price)
of  approximately $5,600,000 to  approximately 100 executive  officers and other
key employees.  The individuals  named  in the  Summary Compensation  Table  are
expected  to receive awards  of restricted stock  having the following potential
maximum undiscounted  fair  market values:  Mr.  Rabinowitz --  $2,000,000;  Mr.
Kenny  -- $500,000; Mr.  Siverd -- $140,000;  Mr. Virgulak --  $125,000; and Mr.
Bevis -- $100,000.  The restrictions  on the  initial grants  of the  restricted
stock  shall  lapse (subject  to  acceleration under  certain  circumstances) 36
months after consummation of the Offerings in the case of Messrs. Rabinowitz and
Kenny and December 31, 1998 in the  case of all other recipients. The awards  of
Restricted  Stock will be made  in settlement of all  obligations of the Company
under existing long-term  incentive arrangements with  employees of the  Company
other  than with respect to Mr. Rabinowitz, who will be paid, in addition to the
restricted stock to be granted to him under the Stock Incentive Plan, a separate
cash payment of $1,788,000 in settlement of all obligations of the Company under
Mr. Rabinowitz's existing long-term incentive arrangements. These  arrangements,
which  provide  for  cash payments  upon  the Company's  achievement  of certain
performance targets, will be terminated upon consummation of the Offerings.
    
 
   
     Upon consummation of the Offerings, the Board of Directors is also expected
to grant options to purchase a total of approximately 1,103,750 shares of Common
Stock to  approximately 110  employees.  The individuals  named in  the  Summary
Compensation  Table are  expected to receive  options to  purchase the following
number of  shares  of  Common  Stock: Mr.  Rabinowitz  --  286,000  shares;  Mr.
Kenny  -- 86,000  shares; Mr.  Siverd -- 33,000  shares; Mr.  Virgulak -- 33,000
shares; and Mr.  Bevis -- 28,000  shares. The exercise  price of these  options,
which  are not  intended to be  incentive stock  options, shall be  equal to the
initial public offering price  and the options shall  become exercisable on  the
third  anniversary of the  date of grant (subject  to acceleration under certain
circumstances) for a period of seven years thereafter.
    
 
   
     It is expected that awards granted  from 1997 through 2000 under the  Stock
Incentive  Plan  to  participants who  are  'covered employees'  (as  defined in
Section 162(m) of the  Code and the applicable  regulations thereunder) will  be
deductible  by the Company for federal income  tax purposes based upon a special
transition rule contained in the  Treasury regulations for private  corporations
that complete an initial public offering.
    
 
                                       42
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The following descriptions of the employment agreements between the Company
and  each of Messrs. Rabinowitz, Kenny, Virgulak and Siverd (each an 'Employment
Agreement') are intended only as a  summary and are qualified in their  entirety
by  reference to  the respective Employment  Agreements, which will  be filed as
exhibits to the Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus forms a  part.
Each of the Employment Agreements will become effective upon the consummation of
the Offerings.
 
   
     Mr.  Rabinowitz will serve as Chief  Executive Officer and President of the
Company pursuant  to a  three-year employment  agreement (subject  to  automatic
one-year  extensions  unless the  Company  or Mr.  Rabinowitz  elects not  to so
extend). Under his Employment Agreement,  Mr. Rabinowitz will receive an  annual
base  salary of  $600,000, retroactive to  January 1, 1997.  Mr. Rabinowitz will
also have an opportunity to earn  a bonus under the 1997  Plan of up to 120%  of
his  base salary upon the attainment of specified performance goals and will not
be precluded from  being awarded an  additional bonus outside  the 1997 Plan  in
respect of 1997 in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. In addition, he
will  have an opportunity (not less favorable  than that under the 1997 Plan) to
earn  a  bonus  under  a  performance-based  annual  bonus  program  for  senior
executives  to be established by the Compensation Committee for years after 1997
(the 'Future Bonus Plan'). Mr.  Rabinowitz's Employment Agreement also  provides
that   the  Company  will  recommend  to  the  Board  of  Directors  that,  upon
consummation of the Offerings, Mr.  Rabinowitz receive the awards of  restricted
stock and options described above under 'Stock Incentive Plan'. Upon termination
of  his  employment,  Mr.  Rabinowitz's Employment  Agreement  provides  for the
payment of accrued and unpaid base salary and benefits under then existing plans
(other than severance benefits). In addition, in the event of a termination  due
to death or Disability, by the Company other than for Cause or by Mr. Rabinowitz
for  Good Reason  (all as defined  in his Employment  Agreement), his Employment
Agreement provides for immediate vesting of  and lapsing of restrictions on  all
unvested  restricted stock and options held by Mr. Rabinowitz. In the event of a
termination by the Company other  than for Cause or  by Mr. Rabinowitz for  Good
Reason, his Employment Agreement also provides for a payment equal to a multiple
(the  'Multiplier') of the sum of his base salary and the target bonus under the
1997 Plan or Future Bonus Plan for the year in which termination occurs, as well
as his  continuation as  a participant  in the  Company's executive  health  and
welfare benefit plans for the number of years represented by the Multiplier. The
Multiplier for Mr. Rabinowitz will be two.
    
 
     The  terms and conditions of the  Employment Agreements between the Company
and each of  Messrs. Kenny, Virgulak  and Siverd are  substantially the same  as
those  contained  in  Mr.  Rabinowitz's Employment  Agreement,  except  that the
Employment Agreements  of  each  of  the foregoing  will  not  provide  for  the
opportunity  to be  awarded an  additional bonus outside  of the  1997 Plan, and
except as follows: Mr.  Kenny will serve as  Executive Vice President and  Chief
Operating  Officer of  the Company, receive  an annual base  salary of $300,000,
have an opportunity to earn a bonus of  up to 120% of his base salary under  the
1997  Plan and the Future  Bonus Plan, and have a  Multiplier of 1.5. Mr. Siverd
will serve as Executive Vice  President, General Counsel and Secretary  pursuant
to  a two-year employment agreement, receive  an annual base salary of $225,000,
and have  a  Multiplier  of one.  Mr.  Virgulak  will serve  as  Executive  Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  a  two-year  employment
agreement, receive an annual base salary  of $204,000, and have a Multiplier  of
one.  In addition,  Mr. Virgulak and  Mr. Siverd's agreements  will provide that
they will be entitled to participate in the 1997 Plan and the Future Bonus  Plan
on  such terms as may be determined  by the Compensation Committee. In addition,
each of their Employment Agreements will provide that the Company will recommend
to the Board of Directors that, upon consummation of the Offerings, they receive
the respective awards  of restricted  stock and options  described under  'Stock
Incentive Plan.'
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS
 
   
     Prior  to  consummation  of  the Offerings,  the  Company  will  enter into
agreements with  each of  Messrs. Rabinowitz,  Kenny, Siverd  and Virgulak  (the
'Change-in-Control   Agreements')   providing  for   certain  benefits   if  the
executive's  employment  is   terminated  by  the   Company  or  the   Company's
subsidiaries  or by  the Company's  successor without  Cause (as  defined in the
Change-in-Control
    
 
                                       43
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
Agreements), or the executive terminates his employment with the Company or  the
Company's  subsidiaries  or with  the Company's  successor  for Good  Reason (as
defined below)  and such  termination  occurs within  six months  preceding,  or
within  two years  following, a  Change-in-Control (as  defined below).  In such
event, the executive shall  receive a payment equal  to a specified multiple  of
the sum of (x) the executive's annual base salary at the time of the termination
of  the executive's employment (or,  in the case of  a termination of employment
for Good Reason based on a reduction of his annual base salary, the annual  base
salary  in effect immediately prior to  such reduction) plus (y) the executive's
target annual incentive bonus in effect for the year in which his employment  is
terminated  or  the year  in which  the  Change-in-Control occurs,  whichever is
greater.  In  addition,  the  Company  or  its  successor  shall  continue   the
executive's  participation in the Company-sponsored executive health and welfare
benefit plans until  the earlier  of the same  specified multiple  of 12  months
following  the date of the executive's termination of employment or the date the
executive receives  equivalent  coverage  and  benefits under  the  plans  of  a
subsequent  employer. The multiples shall be as follows: Mr. Rabinowitz -- three
times; Mr. Kenny -- two and  a half times; Mr. Siverd  -- one and a half  times;
and  Mr.  Virgulak  -- one  and  a  half times.  Upon  a  Change-in-Control, the
restrictions on  any restricted  stock will  lapse and  any unexercisable  stock
options  held will become fully vested and immediately exercisable in accordance
with the  terms of  the Stock  Incentive Plan  and the  award agreements  issued
thereunder.
    
 
   
     Provided  that  Mr.  Rabinowitz  has  not  deferred  compensation otherwise
includible in income for any year commencing with 1997, if the payments received
by Mr. Rabinowitz  (pursuant to  the Change-in-Control  Agreement or  otherwise)
exceed  a certain threshold  amount and result  from a 'change  in ownership' as
defined in Section  280G of the  Code, the  Company will pay  him an  additional
amount  (a 'Gross-Up Payment') to reimburse him  for the federal excise tax (and
any interest,  penalties  or  additions  to  tax)  with  respect  thereto  on  a
'grossed-up'  basis. However,  if Mr.  Rabinowitz has  deferred compensation, he
will not be entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, and further, if the net payments  he
would  retain in  connection with a  'change in ownership'  (after deducting any
excise tax and applicable  income tax) would  be less than  the amount he  would
have  netted,  after applicable  income  taxes, had  the  present value  of such
payments equalled $1 less  than three times his  threshold amount (the  'Maximum
Payments'),  then his total  payments will not exceed  the Maximum Payments. Any
payments to Messrs. Kenny, Siverd and Virgulak pursuant to the Change-in-Control
Agreements shall be  subject to  the limitations  of Section  280G(b)(2) of  the
Code.
    
 
     For purposes of the Change-in-Control Agreements, 'Change-in-Control' means
that  any of the following  has occurred: (a) any  person or other entity (other
than any of the Company's subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan sponsored by
the Company  or any  of its  subsidiaries) including  any person  as defined  in
Section  13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act,  becomes the beneficial owner, as defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock
of the Company normally entitled  to vote for the  election of directors of  the
Company  (the 'Voting Stock');  (b) the stockholders of  the Company approve the
sale of all or substantially  all of the property or  assets of the Company  and
such sale occurs; (c) the stockholders of the Company approve a consolidation or
merger  of the  Company with  another corporation  (other than  with any  of the
Company's  subsidiaries),  the  consummation  of  which  would  result  in   the
shareholders   of  the  Company   immediately  before  the   occurrence  of  the
consolidation or merger owning,  in the aggregate, less  than 60% of the  Voting
Stock of the surviving entity, and such consolidation or merger occurs; or (d) a
change  in the  Company's Board  of Directors  occurs with  the result  that the
members of the  Board on  the effective date  of the  Registration Statement  of
which this Prospectus is a part (the 'Incumbent Directors') no longer constitute
a  majority of  such Board  of Directors,  provided that  any person  becoming a
director (other  than  a director  whose  initial  assumption of  office  is  in
connection  with  an actual  or threatened  election  contest or  the settlement
thereof, including but not  limited to a consent  solicitation, relating to  the
election  of directors of the Company) whose election or nomination for election
was supported  by two-thirds  (2/3) of  the then  Incumbent Directors  shall  be
considered  an Incumbent Director for  these purposes. A Change-in-Control shall
not include the Offerings.
 
     For purposes of the Change-in-Control  Agreements, 'Good Reason' means  the
occurrence  of any  of the  following without the  prior written  consent of the
Executive: (i) removal  from any  of the positions  held by  the executive  with
respect   to  the   Company  or   any  of   its  significant   subsidiaries  (as
 
                                       44
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
defined in Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) on the 181st day prior to  the
Change-in-Control  or  any  senior  position  that  the  executive  subsequently
achieves;  (ii)  the  assignment   of  duties  or  responsibilities   materially
inconsistent  with those  customarily associated with  the position  held by the
executive on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control or any senior position
that the executive subsequently achieves, or any other action by the Company  or
a successor that results in a diminution of the executive's position, authority,
duties  or responsibilities other than  an isolated action that  is not taken in
bad faith and is remedied by the  Company or a successor promptly after  receipt
of  written  notice  thereof  from  the  executive;  (iii)  a  reduction  in the
executive's annual base salary or executive's annual bonus opportunity set forth
in the Employment Agreement from  that in effect on the  181st day prior to  the
Change-in-Control  (or  any  greater  salary  or  bonus  that  the  executive is
subsequently entitled to) or a material reduction in any other material  benefit
provided  the executive by the Company; (iv) notice by the Company not to extend
the Employment Agreement; (v) the relocation of the executive's principal  place
of  employment to  a location  more than fifty  (50) miles  from the executive's
principal place  of employment  (unless such  relocation does  not increase  the
executive's  commute by more than  twenty (20) miles) on  the 181st day prior to
the Change-in-Control, except for required  travel on the Company's business  to
an   extent  substantially  consistent  with  the  executive's  business  travel
obligations as of  such day; or  (vi) the failure  by the Company  to obtain  an
agreement   from   any   successor  to   assume   and  agree   to   perform  the
Change-in-Control Agreement.
 
                              SELLING STOCKHOLDER
 
   
     As of the date hereof, the Selling Stockholder owns all of the  outstanding
shares  of the Company's  Common Stock. Upon consummation  of the Offerings, the
Selling Stockholder will own 7,350,000 shares of Common Stock, or  approximately
30%  of the outstanding  Common Stock. If  the U.S. Underwriters' over-allotment
option is  exercised  in  full,  after consummation  of  Offerings  the  Selling
Stockholder  will own 4,815,000 shares of  Common Stock, or approximately 20% of
the outstanding Common Stock.
    
 
     The address  of  the  Selling  Stockholder  is  P.O.  Box  21153,  3001  AD
Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
 
     In  connection with the Offerings, the  Selling Stockholder and Wassall are
entering into agreements with the Company  providing certain rights in favor  of
the  Selling Stockholder and Wassall and certain obligations and restrictions on
the Company after consummation of the Offerings. See 'Certain Relationships  and
Related Transactions.'
 
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     Pursuant  to an  agreement (the  'Management Agreement'),  the Company paid
management  fees  to  an  affiliate  of  the  Selling  Stockholder   aggregating
approximately $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $1.6 million for the period June 9,
1994  to  December 31,  1994 and  the years  ended December  31, 1995  and 1996,
respectively. From January 1,  1997 through the  consummation of the  Offerings,
the  Company  will  pay  management  fees  to  such  affiliate  of  the  Selling
Stockholder aggregating  approximately $1.0  million. Upon  consummation of  the
Offerings, the Management Agreement will be terminated.
 
     Wassall  has from time to time arranged  for letters of credit on behalf of
General Cable under its credit facility. At December 31, 1995 and 1996,  letters
of credit aggregating $12.6 million and $11.9 million, respectively, were issued
under  Wassall's credit facility on behalf of the Company. At December 31, 1994,
no such letters of  credit were issued. Pursuant  to the Intercompany  Agreement
(as  defined below), the  Company will agree  to use its  best efforts to obtain
letters of credit to replace all  outstanding Wassall letters of credit, and  to
indemnify  Wassall  against all  expenses incurred  by it  with respect  to such
Wassall letters of credit.
 
   
     Concurrently with consummation of the  Offerings, General Cable intends  to
make  an initial borrowing of approximately  $271.8 million under the New Credit
Facility and use a portion of the proceeds thereof to (i) repay all intercompany
debt and advances  owed to Wassall  and its subsidiaries  (which, together  with
accrued  interest, are anticipated to amount to approximately $200.7 on the date
of the consummation  of the Offerings),  (ii) pay $42.6  million as the  Selling
Stockholder  Dividend and (iii) pay $2.0 million for the purchase of the Related
Companies from Wassall.
    
 
                                       45
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     Following consummation of the Offerings,  the Selling Stockholder will  own
approximately  30% of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock (or approximately
20% of  the  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock  if  the  U.S.  Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). At least one director designated by
the  Selling Stockholder initially will serve as a director of General Cable. In
addition, the  Selling  Stockholder will  have  the  right to  (i)  approve  the
directors to be appointed to the Company's Board of Directors prior to the first
annual  meeting of stockholders following consummation of the Offerings and (ii)
designate one individual  (or, if the  Board of Directors  of the Company  shall
consist  of  more than  eight members,  two individuals)  for nomination  to the
Company's Board of  Directors for  so long as  the Selling  Stockholder and  its
affiliates  continue to own at least 10% of the outstanding capital stock of the
Company. As a result, the Selling Stockholder  may be in a position to  exercise
influence over General Cable after the consummation of the Offerings.
    
 
     Concurrently  with  consummation  of  the Offerings,  the  Company  and the
Selling Stockholder intend to enter into an agreement (the 'Registration  Rights
Agreement')  pursuant to which the Selling Stockholder will be granted the right
to require the Company, subject to  certain limitations, to register for  public
offering  and sale  all or  a portion of  the Common  Stock held  by the Selling
Stockholder  following   consummation  of   the  Offerings   (each,  a   'demand
registration').  The  Selling  Stockholder  will  be  entitled  to  three demand
registrations, one of which may, at the request of the Selling Stockholder, be a
shelf registration which the Company shall maintain effective for a period of up
to three years. In addition, the Selling Stockholder will have the right to have
its shares of  Common Stock included  in future registration  statements of  the
Company.  The Selling  Stockholder has  agreed not  to offer,  sell, contract to
sell, pledge, grant any  option to purchase, transfer  or otherwise dispose  of,
directly  or indirectly,  any shares of  Common Stock  or securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or other rights
to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days following
the date of this Prospectus, without prior written consent of Dillon, Read & Co.
Inc. See 'Underwriting.' The Company will  be obligated to pay all  registration
expenses  (other  than  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions)  incurred  in
connection with such registrations, and  will indemnify the Selling  Stockholder
and   its  officers   and  directors  against   certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the federal securities laws, in connection therewith. All such
registration rights are subject to customary terms and conditions.
 
   
     In addition, concurrently with consummation of the Offerings, the  Company,
Wassall   and  the  Selling  Stockholder  intend  to  enter  an  agreement  (the
'Intercompany Agreement')  pursuant  to  which,  among  other  things,  (i)  the
Company,  on the  one hand,  and Wassall  and its  subsidiaries (other  than the
Company and its subsidiaries), on the other hand, will (A) agree not to  solicit
employees of the other for a period of two years following the Offerings and (B)
indemnify  each  other  with respect  to  certain insurance  expenses;  (ii) the
Company  will,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  indemnify  Wassall  and   its
subsidiaries  against  (A)  all  liabilities relating  to  the  Company  and its
subsidiaries and their businesses and assets  (and the businesses and assets  of
their  predecessors) and  (B) liabilities under  the federal  securities laws in
connection with the Offerings; and (iii) the Selling Stockholder will be granted
the rights, referred  to above,  to approve the  Company's additional  directors
appointed   following  consummation  of  the  Offerings  and  to  designate  one
individual (or,  in  the circumstances  described  above, two  individuals)  for
nomination to the Company's Board of Directors.
    
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
   
     The  authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of 75,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value $0.01  per share, and 25,000,000 shares of  preferred
stock, par value $0.01 per share (the 'Preferred Stock').
    
 
   
     The  following statements relating to the  capital stock of the Company are
summaries and do  not purport  to be  complete. Reference  is made  to the  more
detailed  provisions of, and such statements  are qualified in their entirety by
reference to,  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the
'Certificate  of  Incorporation')  and  the Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws (the
'By-Laws') of the Company, copies  of which have been  filed as exhibits to  the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
                                       46
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
COMMON STOCK
 
     Holders  of Common  Stock are entitled  to one  vote for each  share on all
matters voted on by stockholders. Holders of Common Stock do not have cumulative
voting rights  in  the  election  of directors.  The  first  annual  meeting  of
shareholders is expected to be held during the second quarter of 1998.
 
     Holders  of Common Stock do not have subscription, redemption or conversion
privileges. Subject to the  preferences or other rights  of any Preferred  Stock
that  may be issued from  time to time, holders of  Common Stock are entitled to
participate ratably  in  dividends  on  the Common  Stock  as  declared  by  the
Company's  Board of  Directors. Holders  of Common  Stock are  entitled to share
ratably in all assets available for distribution to stockholders in the event of
the liquidation or dissolution  of the Company, subject  to distribution of  the
preferential amount, if any, to be distributed to holders of Preferred Stock.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The   Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors, without any vote or action by  the holders of Common Stock, to  issue
up  to 25,000,000  shares of Preferred  Stock from time  to time in  one or more
series. The Company's Board of Directors  is authorized to determine the  number
of  shares and  designation of  any series of  Preferred Stock  and the dividend
rights, dividend  rate, conversion  rights  and terms,  voting rights  (full  or
limited,  if  any), redemption  rights  and terms,  liquidation  preferences and
sinking fund terms  of any  series of  Preferred Stock.  Issuances of  Preferred
Stock   would  be  subject  to  the  applicable  rules  of  the  NYSE  or  other
organizations whose  systems the  stock of  the Company  may then  be quoted  or
listed. Depending upon the terms of Preferred Stock established by the Company's
Board  of Directors, any or all series of Preferred Stock could have preferences
over the Common Stock with respect to dividends and other distributions and upon
liquidation of the Company. Issuance of  any such shares with voting powers,  or
issuance  of additional shares of Common Stock, would dilute the voting power of
the outstanding Common  Stock. The  Company has no  present plans  to issue  any
Preferred Stock.
    
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
   
     ChaseMellon  Shareholder  Services L.L.C.  will be  the transfer  agent and
registrar for the Common Stock.
    
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER MATTERS
 
   
CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
    
 
     The provisions  of  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and  the  Company's
By-Laws  described in this section may delay or make more difficult acquisitions
or changes of  control of the  Company not  approved by the  Company's Board  of
Directors.  Such provisions could have the  effect of discouraging third parties
from making  proposals involving  an acquisition  or change  of control  of  the
Company,  although such proposals,  if made, might be  considered desirable by a
majority of the Company's stockholders. Such provisions may also have the effect
of making it more difficult  for third parties to  cause the replacement of  the
current management of the Company without the concurrence of the Company's Board
of Directors.
 
   
     Copies  of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws have been filed
with the Commission  as exhibits  to the Registration  Statement. The  following
description  of certain provisions  of the Certificate  of Incorporation and the
By-Laws does not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is qualified  in
its entirety by reference to, the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws.
    
 
Classified Board of Directors
 
   
     The  Certificate of Incorporation divides  the Company's Board of Directors
into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. As a result,
approximately one-third of the Company's Board of Directors will be elected each
year. See 'Management -- Board of Directors.'
    
 
                                       47
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     The Company  believes that  a  classified board  will  help to  assure  the
continuity  and stability of the Company's  Board of Directors, and its business
strategies and  policies as  determined  by the  Company's Board  of  Directors,
because a majority of the directors at any given time will have prior experience
as  directors of the Company. This provision should also help to ensure that the
Company's Board of Directors, if confronted with an unsolicited proposal from  a
third  party that has acquired a block  of the Company's Common Stock, will have
sufficient time to review the proposal, to consider appropriate alternatives and
to seek the best available result for all stockholders.
 
     This provision could prevent a party who acquires control of a majority  of
the  outstanding Common Stock  from obtaining control of  the Company's Board of
Directors until the second annual  stockholders' meeting following the date  the
acquiror  obtains  the  controlling stock  interest,  could have  the  effect of
discouraging a  potential  acquiror from  making  a tender  offer  or  otherwise
attempting  to  obtain  control  of  the Company  and  could  thus  increase the
likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions.
 
Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies
 
     The Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws provide that the number of
directors shall  not  be  less than  three  nor  more than  nine  and  shall  be
determined  from  time  to time  exclusively  by a  vote  of a  majority  of the
Company's Board of Directors  then in office.  The Certificate of  Incorporation
also  provides that  the Company's Board  of Directors shall  have the exclusive
right to  fill  vacancies,  including  vacancies created  by  expansion  of  the
Company's  Board  of Directors.  Furthermore,  except as  may  be provided  in a
resolution or resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors providing for  any
class  or series of Preferred Stock with respect to any directors elected by the
holders of such class or series,  directors may be removed by shareholders  only
for  cause and only  by the affirmative vote  of at least 66  2/3% of the voting
power of all of the shares of the Company's capital stock then entitled to  vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. These
provisions,   in  conjunction   with  the   provision  of   the  Certificate  of
Incorporation authorizing  the  Company's  Board of  Directors  to  fill  vacant
directorships,  could  prevent  stockholders from  removing  incumbent directors
without cause and filling the resulting vacancies with their own nominees.
 
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings
 
     The Certificate of Incorporation provides  that, except as may be  provided
in a resolution or resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors providing for
any  class or series of Preferred Stock, stockholder action can be taken only at
an annual or  special meeting  of stockholders and  cannot be  taken by  written
consent  in lieu  of a meeting.  The Certificate of  Incorporation also provides
that special  meetings of  the stockholders  can only  be called  pursuant to  a
resolution  approved by a majority  of the Company's Board  of Directors then in
office.  Stockholders  are  not   permitted  to  call   a  special  meeting   of
stockholders.
 
Advance Notice for Raising Business or Making Nominations at Meetings
 
     The By-Laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals
to  be  brought  before  a  meeting  of  stockholders  of  the  Company  and for
nominations by stockholders of candidates for election as directors at an annual
meeting or a special meeting  at which directors are  to be elected. Subject  to
any  other applicable  requirements, including,  without limitation,  Rule 14a-8
under the Exchange  Act, only such  business may  be conducted at  a meeting  of
stockholders  as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of,
the Company's Board  of Directors,  or by  a stockholder  who has  given to  the
Secretary  of  the  Company  timely  written  notice,  in  proper  form,  of the
stockholder's intention to bring that business before the meeting. The presiding
officer at such  meeting has  the authority  to make  such determinations.  Only
persons  who are nominated  by, or at  the direction of,  the Company's Board of
Directors, or who are  nominated by a stockholder  who has given timely  written
notice,  in proper form, to the Secretary  prior to a meeting at which directors
are to be elected will be eligible for election as directors of the Company.
 
                                       48
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     To be timely, notice of nominations or other business to be brought  before
an  annual  meeting must  be received  by the  Secretary of  the Company  at the
principal executive office of  the Company no  later than 60  days prior to  the
date  of such annual meeting. Similarly, notice of nominations or other business
to be brought before a special meeting must be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive office of the Company no later than the close of business on
the 15th day following the day on which notice of the date of a special  meeting
of stockholders was given.
 
     The  notice of any nomination for election as a director must set forth the
name, date of birth, business and residence address of the person or persons  to
be  nominated; the business experience during the past five years of such person
or persons; whether such  person or persons  are or have ever  been at any  time
directors,  officers or  owners of  5% or  more of  any class  of capital stock,
partnership interest or other equity interest of any corporation, partnership or
other entity; any directorships  held by such person  or persons in any  company
with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act
or  subject to  the requirements  of Section  15(d) of  such Act  or any company
registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended; and whether, in the last five years, such person or persons are or have
been convicted in  a criminal  proceeding or have  been subject  to a  judgment,
order,  finding or  decree of any  federal, state or  other governmental entity,
concerning any violation of  federal, state or other  law, or any proceeding  in
bankruptcy,  which  conviction,  order,  finding, decree  or  proceeding  may be
material to an evaluation of the ability  or integrity of the nominee; and,  the
consent  of  each such  person to  serve as  a director  if elected.  The person
submitting the notice of nomination, and any person acting in concert with  such
person,  must provide their  names and business addresses,  the name and address
under which they  appear on the  Company's books  (if they so  appear), and  the
class  and number of shares of the Company's capital stock that are beneficially
owned by them.
 
Amendments to By-Laws
 
     The Certificate  of  Incorporation provides  that  the Company's  Board  of
Directors  or the holders of at least 66  2/3% of the voting power of all shares
of the Company's capital stock then  entitled to vote generally in the  election
of  directors, voting  together as a  single class,  have the power  to amend or
repeal the Company's By-Laws.
 
Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
 
     Any proposal  to  amend, alter,  change  or  repeal any  provision  of  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation, except  as may  be provided  in a  resolution or
resolutions of  the Company's  Board of  Directors providing  for any  class  or
series  of Preferred Stock and which relate to such class or series of Preferred
Stock, requires  approval by  the affirmative  vote of  both a  majority of  the
members  of the Company's Board of Directors  then in office and a majority vote
of the voting power of all of the shares of the Company's capital stock entitled
to vote generally  in the  election of directors,  voting together  as a  single
class.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any proposal to  amend, alter, change or
repeal the provisions of  the Certificate of Incorporation  relating to (i)  the
classification  of the Company's Board of  Directors, (ii) removal of Directors,
(iii) the prohibition of  stockholder action by  written consent or  stockholder
calls  for special meetings, (iv) amendment of  By-Laws, or (v) amendment of the
Certificate of  Incorporation  requires  approval by  the  affirmative  vote  of
66  2/3% of the voting power of all of the shares of the Company's capital stock
entitled to vote generally  in the election of  directors, voting together as  a
single class.
 
Preferred Stock and Additional Common Stock
 
     Under  the Certificate of  Incorporation, the Company's  Board of Directors
will have  the authority  to provide  by Board  resolution for  the issuance  of
shares  of  one  or more  series  of  Preferred Stock.  The  Company's  Board of
Directors is authorized to  fix by resolution the  terms and conditions of  each
such other series. See 'Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock.'
 
     The  Company  believes that  the  availability of  the  Company's Preferred
Stock, in each case  issuable in series, and  additional shares of Common  Stock
could facilitate certain financings and acquisitions and
 
                                       49
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
provide  a  means  for meeting  other  corporate  needs which  might  arise. The
authorized shares of the  Company's Preferred Stock, as  well as authorized  but
unissued  shares of Common Stock will  be available for issuance without further
action by the Company's stockholders,  unless stockholder action is required  by
applicable  law or the  rules of any stock  exchange on which  any series of the
Company's capital stock may then be listed.
 
     These provisions give the Company's Board of Directors the power to approve
the issuance of a series of Preferred  Stock, or an additional series of  Common
Stock,  of the  Company that  could, depending  on its  terms, either  impede or
facilitate the completion of a merger,  tender offer or other takeover  attempt.
For  example,  the issuance  of new  shares  of Preferred  Stock might  impede a
business combination if the  terms of those shares  include voting rights  which
would enable a holder to block business combinations; the issuance of new shares
might  facilitate a  business combination  if those  shares have  general voting
rights sufficient  to cause  an  applicable percentage  vote requirement  to  be
satisfied.
 
   
DELAWARE BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE
    
 
     Section  203 of the DGCL ('Section  203') provides that, subject to certain
exceptions  specified  therein,  an  'interested  stockholder'  of  a   Delaware
corporation  shall not engage  in any business  combination with the corporation
for a three-year  period following  the date  that such  stockholder becomes  an
'interested  stockholder' unless (i) prior to  such date, the board of directors
of the corporation approved either  the business combination or the  transaction
which  resulted in  the stockholder  becoming an  'interested stockholder,' (ii)
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder  becoming
an  'interested stockholder,' the  interested stockholder owned  at least 85% of
the voting stock  of the  corporation outstanding  at the  time the  transaction
commenced (excluding certain shares) or (iii) on or subsequent to such date, the
business  combination is approved  by the board of  directors of the corporation
and  authorized  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting  of  stockholders  by  the
affirmative  vote of at least  66 2/3% of the  outstanding voting stock which is
not owned  by the  'interested stockholder.'  Except as  otherwise specified  in
Section  203, an 'interested  stockholder' is defined to  include (x) any person
that is  the owner  of  15% or  more  of the  outstanding  voting stock  of  the
corporation,  or is  an affiliate  or associate of  the corporation  and was the
owner of 15% or more of the  outstanding voting stock of the corporation at  any
time  within three  years immediately  prior to  the relevant  date and  (y) the
affiliates and associates of any such person.
 
     Under certain  circumstances, Section  203 makes  it more  difficult for  a
person  who  would be  an 'interested  stockholder'  to effect  various business
combinations  with  a  corporation  for   a  three-year  period,  although   the
stockholders  may elect to  exclude a corporation  from the restrictions imposed
thereunder. The Certificate of Incorporation  does not exclude the Company  from
the  restrictions imposed under  Section 203. The provisions  of Section 203 may
encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in  advance
with   the  Company's  Board  of   Directors,  since  the  stockholder  approval
requirement would  be avoided  if a  majority of  the directors  then in  office
approve  either the business combination or the transaction which results in the
stockholder becoming an 'interested stockholder.' Such provisions also may  have
the  effect  of preventing  changes  in the  management  of the  Company.  It is
possible that  such  provisions  could  make it  more  difficult  to  accomplish
transactions  which  stockholders  may  otherwise  deem  to  be  in  their  best
interests.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     The Company will have  24,500,000 shares of  Common Stock outstanding  upon
consummation  of the Offerings. Of those shares, the 16,900,000 shares of Common
Stock offered hereby will be available for immediate sale as of the date of this
Prospectus in  the  public market  without  restriction by  persons  other  than
'affiliates'  of  the  Company,  as  that term  is  defined  in  the regulations
promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
   
     Upon  consummation  of   the  Offerings,  the   Selling  Stockholder   will
beneficially own approximately 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (or
approximately  20%  if  the over-allotment  option  is exercised  in  full). The
Company and  the Selling  Stockholder have  agreed, subject  to certain  limited
exceptions,  not to offer, sell,  contract to sell, pledge,  grant any option to
purchase, transfer or otherwise
    
 
                                       50
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
dispose of, directly or  indirectly, any shares of  Common Stock or warrants  or
other  rights to purchase  or acquire shares  of Common Stock  or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock for a
period of  180 days  following the  date of  this Prospectus  without the  prior
written  consent of  Dillon, Read  & Co. Inc.  After expiration  of such 180-day
period, such shares  may be  sold (i) in  accordance with  Rule 144  promulgated
under  the Securities Act, (ii) in  private offerings or (iii) upon registration
under the Securities Act without regard to the volume limitations of Rule 144.
 
     In general, under  Rule 144 as  currently in effect,  a person (or  persons
whose  shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned 'restricted securities'
(defined generally  in  Rule  144  as  securities  issued  in  transactions  not
involving a public offering) for at least one year, including persons who may be
deemed  to  be  affiliates  of  the Company,  is  entitled  to  sell  within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1%  of
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (which number, immediately following
the  Offerings, will be 245,000 shares) and the average weekly trading volume in
the Common Stock during the four calendar  weeks preceding the filing of a  Form
144 with respect to such sale, provided that the Company has been subject to and
complied  with certain  reporting requirements under  the Exchange  Act, and the
sale is made in  a 'broker's transaction'  or in a  transaction directly with  a
'market-maker,' as those terms are used in Rule 144, without the solicitation of
buy  orders by  the broker  or such  person and  without such  person making any
payment to any person other than the  broker who executes the order to sell  the
shares of Common Stock. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is
not  deemed to have been an  affiliate of the Company at  any time during the 90
days preceding  a sale  of restricted  securities by  such person,  and who  has
beneficially  owned the restricted securities for  at least two years (including
the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate), is entitled to  sell
such  shares under Rule 144 without regard  to the volume limitations and public
information  and  manner  of  sale  requirements  described  above.   Restricted
securities  properly  sold  in  reliance upon  Rule  144  are  thereafter freely
tradeable without restrictions or registration under the Securities Act,  unless
thereafter held by an affiliate of the Company.
 
     Shares  held by  the Selling Stockholder  may be freely  sold if registered
under the Securities Act. The Company has  agreed to use its best efforts,  upon
request  by the Selling Stockholder, to register under the Securities Act any or
all shares of Common  Stock held by the  Selling Stockholder and, under  certain
conditions,  when  shares of  Common Stock  are registered  by the  Company. See
'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.'
 
     The Company  may  file a  registration  statement  on Form  S-8  under  the
Securities  Act to register all of the shares of Common Stock issued or reserved
for future issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan. After the effective date  of
that  registration statement, shares purchased  upon exercise of options granted
pursuant to  the plan  generally would  be available  for resale  in the  public
market.
 
     Prior  to the  Offerings, there  has been no  public market  for the Common
Stock of the Company. No predictions can be made of the effect, if any, that the
sale or availability for sale of shares of additional Common Stock will have  on
the  market  price of  the Common  Stock. Nevertheless,  sales of  a substantial
amount of such shares by the  Selling Stockholder or by stockholders  purchasing
in the Offerings or the perception that sales could occur could adversely affect
prevailing market prices for the Common Stock.
 
                                       51

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                    CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
                       NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMMON STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
     The  following general discussion  summarizes certain of  the material U.S.
federal income and estate tax consequences  of the ownership and disposition  of
Common  Stock by a Non-U.S. Holder (as  defined below). This discussion does not
address all aspects  of U.S.  federal income  tax that  may be  relevant to  the
ownership  or disposition of the Common Stock by a prospective investor in light
of such investor's personal circumstances and does not address any state,  local
or  foreign tax  consequences. This  discussion also  does not  address the U.S.
federal income  tax consequences  of ownership  of Common  Stock not  held as  a
capital  asset  within the  meaning of  Section 1221  of the  Code, or  the U.S.
federal income tax consequences to investors subject to special treatment  under
the  U.S. federal  income tax  laws, such  as dealers  in securities  or foreign
currency, tax-exempt  entities, banks,  thrifts,  insurance companies  or  other
financial  institutions,  persons  that  hold  the Common  Stock  as  part  of a
'straddle', a  'hedge'  against currency  risk  or a  'conversion  transaction',
persons  that  have a  'functional  currency' other  than  the U.S.  dollar, and
investors in pass-through entities.
 
     This discussion is based upon  the Code, existing and proposed  regulations
thereunder,  and current administrative rulings and  court decisions. All of the
foregoing is subject to  change, possibly on a  retroactive basis, and any  such
change could affect the continuing validity of this discussion.
 
     For purposes of the following discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock
is  a holder who is  not (i) an individual  who is a citizen  or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation organized under the laws of the United  States
or  any political subdivision thereof or therein or (iii) an estate or trust the
income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its  source.
For  taxable years after  December 31, 1996,  a trust holding  Common Stock is a
U.S. Holder if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary  jurisdiction
over  the trust and one  or more U.S. fiduciaries  have the authority to control
all substantial  decisions of  the trust.  For purposes  of withholding  tax  on
dividends  discussed below, a non-resident alien or non-resident fiduciary of an
estate or trust will be considered a Non-U.S. Holder.
 
     Dividends and gain  on the sale,  exchange or other  disposition of  Common
Stock will be considered to be 'U.S. trade or business income' if such income or
gain  is (i) effectively connected with the  conduct of a U.S. trade or business
or (ii) in the case  of a treaty country  resident, attributable to a  permanent
establishment  (or, in the  case of an  individual, a fixed  base) in the United
States.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     In general, dividends  paid to a  Non-U.S. Holder of  Common Stock will  be
subject  to withholding of  U.S. federal income  tax at a  30% rate, unless such
rate is reduced by  an applicable income tax  treaty. Dividends which  represent
U.S.  trade or business income are generally  subject to U.S. federal income tax
at regular rates, but are  not generally subject to  the 30% withholding tax  if
the Non-U.S. Holder files the appropriate form with the payor. Any U.S. trade or
business  income received by a  Non-U.S. Holder that is  a corporation may also,
under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional 'branch profits tax' at
a 30% rate or such lower rate as  may be applicable under an income tax  treaty.
Dividends paid to an address in a foreign country generally are presumed (absent
actual  knowledge to the contrary) to be paid  to a resident of such country for
purposes of the withholding tax discussed above and for purposes of  determining
the   applicability  of  a  tax  treaty   rate.  Under  proposed  U.S.  Treasury
regulations, not currently in effect, however, a Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock
who wishes to claim the benefit of  an applicable treaty rate would be  required
to  satisfy applicable certification and other requirements, which would include
the requirement that the Non-U.S. Holder file a form which contains the holder's
name and  address or  provides certain  documentary evidence  issued by  foreign
governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country.
 
     A  Non-U.S. Holder of Common  Stock that is eligible  for a reduced rate of
U.S. withholding tax pursuant  to an income  treaty may obtain  a refund of  any
excess  amounts currently withheld  by filing an appropriate  claim for a refund
with the Service.
 
                                       52
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
SALE, EXCHANGE OR REDEMPTION OF COMMON STOCK
 
     Except as described below and  subject to the discussion concerning  backup
withholding,  any gain realized  by a Non-U.S.  Holder on the  sale, exchange or
redemption of Common Stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal  income
tax,  unless (i)  such gain is  U.S. trade  or business income,  (ii) subject to
certain exceptions, the Non-U.S.  Holder is an individual  who holds the  Common
Stock  as a capital  asset and is present  in the United States  for 183 days or
more in  the taxable  year of  the  disposition, (iii)  the Non-U.S.  Holder  is
subject  to tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S. tax law applicable to certain
U.S. expatriates (including certain former  citizens or residents of the  United
States)  or (iv) the Company is a  U.S. real property holding company (which the
Company is not, has not been and does not believe it is likely to become).
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAX
 
     Common Stock  owned or  treated as  owned by  an individual  who is  not  a
citizen  or resident of the United States (for federal estate tax purposes) will
be included in  such individual's estate  for U.S. federal  income tax  purposes
unless an applicable estate tax treaty otherwise applies.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
     The Company must report annually to the Service and to each Non-U.S. Holder
any dividend that is subject to withholding. Copies of these information returns
may  also  be  made available  under  the  provisions of  a  specific  treaty or
agreement to the  tax authorities of  the country in  which the Non-U.S.  Holder
resides.
 
     The  payment of  the proceeds  from the disposition  of Common  Stock to or
through the United States office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject
to information  reporting  and  possible backup  withholding  unless  the  owner
certifies  as  to its  non-U.S.  status under  penalty  of perjury  or otherwise
establishes an  exemption,  provided  that  the  broker  does  not  have  actual
knowledge  that the Holder is a U.S. person  or that the conditions of any other
exemption are not,  in fact,  satisfied. The payment  of the  proceeds from  the
disposition of Common Stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker
that  is not a U.S. related person  will not be subject to information reporting
or backup  withholding. For  this purpose,  a  'U.S. related  person' is  (i)  a
'controlled  foreign corporation' for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) a
foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from all sources for the three-
year period ending with the close of its taxable year preceding the payment  (or
for  such part of the  period that the broker has  been in existence) is derived
from activities that  are effectively  connected with  the conduct  of a  United
States trade or business.
 
     In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of Common Stock
to  or through a non-U.S. office  of a broker that is  either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related  person,  the  regulations require  information  reporting  on  the
payment  unless the broker has documentary evidence  in its files that the owner
is a Non-U.S. Holder  and the broker  has no knowledge  to the contrary.  Backup
withholding  will not apply to payments made through foreign offices of a broker
that is not a U.S. person or a U.S. related person (absent actual knowledge that
the payee is a U.S. person).
 
     Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed  as a refund or  a credit against such  Non-U.S.
Holder's  U.S.  federal  income  tax  liability,  provided  that  the  requisite
procedures are followed.
 
     THE PRECEDING  DISCUSSION  OF  CERTAIN UNITED  STATES  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX
CONSEQUENCES IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY,
EACH  INVESTOR  SHOULD  CONSULT  ITS  OWN  TAX  ADVISER  AS  TO  PARTICULAR  TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF PURCHASING, HOLDING  AND DISPOSING OF THE COMMON STOCK  OF
THE  COMPANY,  INCLUDING THE  APPLICABILITY AND  EFFECT OF  ANY STATE,  LOCAL OR
FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.
 
                                       53
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The names of the U.S. Underwriters  for the United States Offering and  the
aggregate  number of shares  of Common Stock  that each has  severally agreed to
purchase from  the Selling  Stockholder,  subject to  the terms  and  conditions
specified in the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF
         U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                                                     SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc....................................................................
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated................................................................






                                                                                             ----------
     Total................................................................................   13,520,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
 
     The  U.S. Managing  Underwriters are  Dillon, Read  & Co.  Inc. and Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
 
     The names of the International Underwriters for the International  Offering
and  the aggregate  number of  shares of Common  Stock which  each has severally
agreed to  purchase from  the  Selling Stockholder,  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  specified  in  the  International  Underwriting  Agreement,  are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NUMBER OF
         INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS                                                            SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
 
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.....................................................................
Merrill Lynch International................................................................
Swiss Bank Corporation, acting through its division, SBC Warburg...........................




                                                                                              ---------
     Total.................................................................................   3,380,000
                                                                                              ---------
                                                                                              ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The International  Managing  Underwriters  are Dillon,  Read  &  Co.  Inc.,
Merrill  Lynch  International and  Swiss  Bank Corporation,  acting  through its
division, SBC Warburg.
 
     The U.S. Underwriters and  the International Underwriters are  collectively
referred  to as the 'Underwriters,' and  the U.S. Underwriting Agreement and the
International  Underwriting  Agreement  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the
'Underwriting  Agreements.' The per share price to  the public and the per share
underwriting discounts and commissions for the Offerings will be identical.  The
closing  of the  United States  Offering is  a condition  to the  closing of the
International Offering, and vice versa.
 
     If any shares of  Common Stock offered are  purchased by the  Underwriters,
all  such  shares  will be  so  purchased. The  Underwriting  Agreements contain
certain provisions whereby if any U.S. Underwriter or International  Underwriter
defaults  in its obligation to purchase the shares  to be purchased by it and if
the aggregate obligations of the U.S. Underwriters or International Underwriters
so defaulting do  not exceed  10% of  the shares  offered in  the United  States
Offering  or  the  International  Offering,  respectively,  the  remaining  U.S.
Underwriters, or some of them,  or the remaining International Underwriters,  or
some of them, as the case may be, must assume such obligations.
 
                                       54
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     The  shares  of Common  Stock offered  hereby  are being  initially offered
severally by the Underwriters for sale at the price set forth on the cover  page
hereof,  or at such  price less a concession  not to exceed  $      per share on
sales to  certain dealers.  The Underwriters  may allow,  and such  dealers  may
reallow,  a concession not to  exceed $      per share  to other Underwriters or
certain other dealers. The offering  of the shares of  Common Stock is made  for
delivery  when, as and if accepted by the Underwriters and subject to prior sale
and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the offer without notice. The
Underwriters reserve  the right  to reject  any order  for the  purchase of  the
shares  of Common Stock offered hereby. After the initial public offering of the
Common Stock, the price to the public, the concession and the reallowance may be
changed  by  the  U.S.  Managing  Underwriters  or  the  International  Managing
Underwriters.
    
 
     Pursuant  to the Agreement Between  the U.S. Underwriters and International
Underwriters (the 'Agreement Between  Underwriters'), each U.S. Underwriter  has
represented  and agreed that, with certain  exceptions, (i) it is not purchasing
any U.S. Shares (as defined below) for the account of anyone other than a United
States or Canadian  Person (as defined  below) and  (ii) it has  not offered  or
sold,  and will  not offer  or sell,  direct or  indirectly, any  U.S. Shares or
distribute any prospectus relating to the U.S. Shares outside the United  States
or  Canada or to anyone other than  a United States or Canadian Person. Pursuant
to the  Agreement  Between  Underwriters,  each  International  Underwriter  has
represented  and agreed that, with certain  exceptions, (i) it is not purchasing
any International Shares (as defined below) for the account of any United States
or Canadian Person and (ii)  it has not offered or  sold, and will not offer  or
sell,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  International  Shares  or  distribute any
prospectus relating  to the  International Shares  within the  United States  or
Canada  or to any United States or Canadian Person. The foregoing limitations do
not apply  to  stabilization  transactions  or  to  certain  other  transactions
specified  in the Agreement Between Underwriters.  As used herein 'United States
or Canadian  Person' means  any national  or resident  of the  United States  or
Canada,  or any  corporation, pension,  profit-sharing or  other trust  or other
entity organized  under the  laws  of the  United States  or  Canada or  of  any
political  subdivision thereof (other  than a branch  located outside the United
States and Canada  of any  United States or  Canadian Person)  and includes  any
United  States or  Canadian branch  of a  person who  is otherwise  not a United
States or Canadian Person.  All shares of  Common Stock to  be purchased by  the
U.S.  Underwriters and the International Underwriters  are referred to herein as
the 'U.S. Shares' and the 'International Shares,' respectively.
 
     Pursuant to the Agreement Between  Underwriters, sales may be made  between
the  U.S.  Underwriters and  the International  Underwriters  of such  number of
shares of Common Stock as may be mutually agreed. As a result, shares of  Common
Stock  originally purchased pursuant  to the U.S.  Underwriting Agreement may be
sold outside the United States and Canada, and shares of Common Stock originally
purchased pursuant to the  International Underwriting Agreement  may be sold  in
the  United  States or  Canada. The  price of  any shares  so sold  will, unless
otherwise agreed, be the price  to the public, less  an amount not greater  than
the selling concession.
 
     Pursuant  to the Agreement Between  Underwriters, each U.S. Underwriter has
represented that it  has not offered  or sold, and  has agreed not  to offer  or
sell,  any  shares  of  Common  Stock,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  Canada in
contravention of the  securities laws  of Canada  or any  province or  territory
thereof  and has represented  that any offer  of Common Stock  in Canada will be
made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus  in
the  province or  territory of  Canada in  which such  offer is  made. Each U.S.
Underwriter has further agreed to send to  any dealer who purchases from it  any
shares  of Common Stock a  notice stating in substance  that, by purchasing such
Common Stock, such dealer represents and agrees that it has not offered or sold,
and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such Common Stock  in
Canada  or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Canada in contravention of
the securities laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof and that  any
offer  of Common Stock in Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from
the requirement to file  a prospectus in  the province of  Canada in which  such
offer  is made, and that such dealer will deliver to any other dealer to whom it
sells any of such Common Stock a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
     Pursuant  to  the  Agreement   Between  Underwriters,  each   International
Underwriter  has represented and agreed that: (i) it has not offered or sold and
during the period of six months from the date hereof will not offer or sell  any
shares   of  Common   Stock  to  persons   in  the  United   Kingdom  except  to
 
                                       55
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
persons whose ordinary activities involve  them in acquiring, holding,  managing
or  disposing of investments (as  principal or agent) for  the purposes of their
businesses or otherwise in  circumstances which have not  resulted and will  not
result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the
Public Offers of Securities Regulations of 1995 (the 'Regulations'); (ii) it has
complied  and  will  comply  with all  applicable  provisions  of  the Financial
Services Act 1986 and  the Regulations with  respect to anything  done by it  in
relation to the Common Stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;
and  (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on to any
person in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with  the
offer of the Common Stock if that person is of a kind described in Article 11(3)
of  the  Financial Services  Act  1986 (Investment  Advertisements) (Exemptions)
Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued
or passed on.
    
 
   
     Pursuant  to  the  Agreement   Between  Underwriters,  each   International
Underwriter  has represented and agreed that it has not, directly or indirectly,
offered, sold or transferred and will  not, directly or indirectly, offer,  sell
or  transfer any of the shares of Common  Stock in The Netherlands to any person
other than to individuals or legal entities who trade or invest in securities in
the conduct  of  a  business  or profession  (which  include  banks,  investment
institutions,  securities brokers,  pension funds,  insurance companies, central
governments,  large  international  and  supranational  organizations,   finance
companies and large enterprises with a separate treasury department).
    
 
   
     In  any jurisdiction this Prospectus is for distribution only to persons to
whom it  may  lawfully be  issued  and only  in  accordance with  the  laws  and
regulations  of such jurisdiction.  The distribution of  this Prospectus and the
offer and the sale of the Common  Stock offered hereby may be restricted by  law
in  certain  jurisdictions.  Persons  who receive  this  Prospectus  must inform
themselves about and observe such restrictions.
    
 
   
     In Belgium, this Prospectus is being distributed only to banks, subscribers
and other persons, distribution to whom will not contravene any relevant laws or
restrictions regarding the public offering of securities.
    
 
   
     Neither this Prospectus, which has not been approved by, nor registered nor
filed with  the Commission  des Operations  de Bourse,  nor any  other  offering
material  relating to the Common Stock may  be used in connection with any offer
for subscription or  sale of  the Common  Stock to the  public in  France or  be
distributed  to  the  public  in  France  other  than  to  a  limited  number of
institutional investors (excluding investment trusts or funds) acting for  their
own  account.  Persons into  whose possession  this  material comes  must inform
themselves about  and observe  any  such restrictions.  This material  does  not
constitute  and may not be used for or in connection with either an offer to any
person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or a solicitation by  anyone
not authorized so to act.
    
 
     The  Selling Stockholder has granted to  the U.S. Underwriters an option to
purchase an aggregate of  up to an aggregate  of 2,535,000 additional shares  of
Common Stock on the same terms per share. If the U.S. Underwriters exercise this
option,  each of the U.S.  Underwriters will have a  firm commitment, subject to
certain conditions,  to  purchase  approximately  the  same  proportion  of  the
aggregate  shares so  purchased as the  number of  shares to be  purchased by it
shown in  the  above tables  bears  to  13,520,000. The  U.S.  Underwriters  may
exercise  such option on or  before the thirtieth day from  the date of the U.S.
Underwriting Agreement and only to cover over-allotments, if any, in  connection
with the United States Offering.
 
     The  Company and  the Selling Stockholder  have agreed,  subject to certain
limited exceptions, not  to offer,  sell, contract  to sell,  pledge, grant  any
option  to purchase, transfer, or otherwise  dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable  or
exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire
shares  of Common Stock or permit the registration of shares of Common Stock for
a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.
 
     The Company and  the Selling  Stockholder have agreed  in the  Underwriting
Agreements  to  indemnify the  Underwriters  against certain  civil liabilities,
including liabilities under  the Securities  Act, or to  contribute to  payments
that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                       56
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     Dillon,  Read  &  Co.  Inc. has  rendered  certain  financial  advisory and
investment banking  services to  Wassall and  its affiliates  for which  it  has
received customary fees. SBC Warburg is stockbroker to Wassall and has from time
to  time performed certain investment banking services for Wassall, for which it
has received customary fees.
    
 
     The U.S. Managing Underwriters and the International Managing  Underwriters
have  advised the Company  and the Selling  Stockholder that they  do not expect
sales to discretionary accounts  by the Underwriters to  exceed 5% of the  total
number of shares in the Offerings.
 
     In   connection  with  the  Offerings,   the  Underwriters  may  engage  in
transactions that  stabilize, maintain  or  otherwise affect  the price  of  the
Common   Stock,  including  over-allotment,  stabilization,  syndicate  covering
transactions  and  imposition  of  penalty  bids.  In  an  over-allotment,   the
Underwriters  would allot more shares of Common  Stock to their customers in the
aggregate than  are  available  for  purchase  by  the  Underwriters  under  the
Underwriting  Agreements.  Stabilizing  means the  placing  of any  bid,  or the
effecting of any purchase, for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the
price of a security. In a syndicate covering transaction, the Underwriters would
place a  bid  or  effect a  purchase  to  reduce a  short  position  created  in
connection  with the Offerings.  Pursuant to a  penalty bid, Dillon,  Read & Co.
Inc., on  behalf  of  the Underwriters,  would  be  able to  reclaim  a  selling
concession from an Underwriter if shares of Common Stock originally sold by such
Underwriter are purchased in syndicate covering transactions. These transactions
may  result in the  price of the Common  Stock being higher  than the price that
might otherwise prevail in the open  market. These transactions may be  effected
on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, and, if commenced, may
be discontinued at any time.
 
     Prior  to the  Offerings, there  will be  no public  market for  the Common
Stock. Consequently, the offering price will be determined by negotiations among
the Selling Stockholder,  the U.S. Managing  Underwriters and the  International
Managing  Underwriters. Among  the principal  factors to  be considered  in such
negotiations are  the prevailing  market and  general economic  conditions,  the
price-to-earnings  ratios of other  publicly traded companies,  the revenues and
earnings of the Company in recent periods, the current financial position of the
Company, estimates of  the business  potential of  the Company  and the  present
state of the Company's development. Additionally, consideration will be given to
the general state of the securities market, the market conditions for new issues
of  securities and the demand for securities of comparable companies at the time
the Offerings are made.
 
   
     The Common Stock  has been  approved for listing  on the  NYSE, subject  to
official notice of issuance.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The  validity of the shares  of Common Stock offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York.  Certain
legal  matters will be passed on for the Underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel
(a partnership including a professional corporation), New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The combined financial statements of General Cable and related companies as
of December 31, 1995 and  1996 and for the period  June 9, 1994 to December  31,
1994  and  the years  ended  December 31,  1995  and 1996  and  the consolidated
financial statements  of  General Cable  Corporation  and subsidiaries  for  the
period  January 1,  1994 to  June 8,  1994 included  in this  Prospectus and the
related financial  statement schedule  included  elsewhere in  the  Registration
Statement  have been audited by Deloitte  & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as
stated in  their reports  appearing  herein and  elsewhere in  the  Registration
Statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       57
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The  Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (together with all amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements  thereto,
the  'Registration Statement')  under the  Securities Act,  with respect  to the
Common Stock  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus, which  forms  a  part  of  the
Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration  Statement, certain parts  of which are  omitted in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the  Commission. For further information about  the
Company  and  the Common  Stock, reference  is hereby  made to  the Registration
Statement  and  to  the  schedules  and  exhibits  filed  therewith.  Statements
contained  in this Prospectus concerning the provisions of any document filed as
an exhibit to the  Registration Statement are not  necessarily complete, and  in
each  instance, reference is  made to the  copy of such  document so filed. Each
such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The  Registration
Statement  can  be  inspected  and copied  at  the  public  reference facilities
maintained by the Commission  at Room 1024, Judiciary  Plaza, 450 Fifth  Street,
N.W.,  Washington, D.C.  20549, and  also will  be available  for inspection and
copying at the following regional offices  of the Commission: New York  Regional
Office,  7 World Trade  Center, New York,  New York 10048,  and Chicago Regional
Office, Suite 1400, Northwest Atrium  Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Chicago,
Illinois    60661-2511   and    at   the    Commission   website    located   at
(http://www.sec.gov). Copies  of such  material also  can be  obtained from  the
Commission at prescribed rates through its Public Reference Section at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
     The  Company is not currently subject  to the informational requirements of
the Exchange  Act. Upon  consummation  of the  Offerings,  the Company  will  be
subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance
therewith, will file periodic reports and other information with the Commission.
Such  reports and other information will be available for inspection and copying
at the  public  reference  section  and  regional  Commission  offices,  at  the
addresses set forth above.
 
                                       58

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES:
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................    F-2
Combined Statements of Income for the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and the years ended December
  31, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited).........................    F-3
Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and at March 31, 1997 (unaudited)....................    F-4
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and the years ended
  December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)................    F-5
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.....................................................................    F-6
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES ('PREDECESSOR'):
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................   F-16
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994........................   F-17
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994........................   F-18
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994..............   F-19
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................   F-20
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION:
 
     We  have audited the accompanying combined  balance sheets of General Cable
Corporation and related  companies as  of December 31,  1996 and  1995, and  the
related  combined  statements  of income  and  cash  flows for  the  years ended
December 31, 1996 and  1995 and the  period June 9,  1994 (acquisition date)  to
December  31, 1994.  The combined financial  statements include  the accounts of
General Cable Corporation and two related companies, Carol Cable Europe Ltd  and
Carol  Cable,  Ltd.  These  companies  are  under  common  ownership  and common
management. These combined  financial statements are  the responsibility of  the
Companies'  management. Our  responsibility is  to express  an opinion  on these
combined financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such combined  financial statements present fairly, in  all
material  respects, the combined financial position of General Cable Corporation
and related companies as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the combined results
of their operations and their cash flows  for the years ended December 31,  1996
and  1995 and the  period from June  9, 1994 (acquisition  date) to December 31,
1994 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
 
   
February 7, 1997, except for
note 19, for which the
date is April 18, 1997.
    
 
                                      F-2
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                      (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               
                                             JUNE 9, 1994                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                          (ACQUISITION DATE)      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,      
                                           TO DECEMBER 31,      ---------------------------      --------------------  
                                                 1994               1995           1996           1996        1997
                                          ------------------    ------------    -----------      --------------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
Net sales..............................         $543.3            $1,061.3       $ 1,043.6           $258.0     $251.0   
Cost of sales..........................          469.9               922.6           855.3            222.0      202.2   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
          Gross profit.................           73.4               138.7           188.3             36.0       48.8   
Selling, general and administrative                                                                                    
  expenses.............................           53.1                94.2           109.8             27.1       29.6   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
          Operating income.............           20.3                44.5            78.5              8.9       19.2   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
Interest income (expense):                                                                                             
     Interest expense to related                                                                                       
       parties.........................          (10.9)              (20.1)          (19.6)            (5.0)      (4.8)  
     Other interest expense............            (.5)               (1.3)           (1.1)             (.4)       (.3)  
     Interest income...................             .4                  .7             1.1               .2         .2   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
                                                 (11.0)              (20.7)          (19.6)            (5.2)      (4.9)  
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
          Earnings before income                                                                                       
            taxes......................            9.3                23.8            58.9              3.7       14.3   
Income tax benefit (provision).........           (6.5)                1.5           (19.7)            (1.2)      (5.7)  
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
          Net income...................         $  2.8            $   25.3       $    39.2           $  2.5     $  8.6   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
                                                                                                                       
Earnings per common share..............         $  .12            $   1.04       $    1.62           $  .10     $  .35   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
Weighted average common shares.........           24.3                24.3            24.3             24.3       24.3   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------    -------   
                                                                                                                       
</TABLE>
    
 
            See accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-3
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ------------------       MARCH 31,
                                                                               1995        1996          1997
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
                                  ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash..................................................................   $ 13.7      $  1.9        $   2.9
     Receivables, net......................................................    147.6       135.5          156.2
     Inventories...........................................................    178.6       161.0          165.6
     Deferred income taxes.................................................     23.0        23.7           23.4
     Prepaid expenses and other............................................      6.4        13.6           14.3
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total current assets.............................................    369.3       335.7          362.4
Property, plant and equipment, net.........................................    116.4       128.8          128.5
Deferred income taxes......................................................     41.7        31.8           31.3
Other non-current assets...................................................      8.2        17.3           18.1
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total assets.....................................................   $535.6      $513.6        $ 540.3
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
 
                   LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
Current Liabilities:
     Accounts payable......................................................   $ 66.5      $ 69.3        $  60.8
     Accrued liabilities...................................................     60.4        58.8           61.5
     Short-term debt.......................................................     --           2.0           25.2
     Note payable to related party.........................................      8.0        --           --
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total current liabilities........................................    134.9       130.1          147.5
 
Long-term Debt:
     Notes payable to related parties......................................    195.8       195.8          195.8
     Other.................................................................     10.1         9.3            9.1
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total long-term debt.............................................    205.9       205.1          204.9
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
Other long-term liabilities................................................     71.9        71.0           72.1
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total liabilities................................................    412.7       406.2          424.5
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
Shareholder's Equity:
     Common stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized,
       24,250,000 shares issued and outstanding............................       .2          .2             .2
     Additional paid-in capital............................................     94.7        94.7           94.7
     Retained earnings.....................................................     28.0        12.5           20.9
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total shareholder's equity.......................................    122.9       107.4          115.8
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total liabilities and shareholder's equity.......................   $535.6      $513.6        $ 540.3
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
 
     Pro Forma (unaudited):
          Historical shareholder's equity..................................                             $ 115.8
          Dividend to shareholder..........................................                                42.6
                                                                                                      -----------
          Shareholder's equity.............................................                             $  73.2
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                      -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
            See accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-4
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JUNE 9, 1994
                                                  (ACQUISITION DATE)                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   TO DECEMBER 31,                ----------------------------
                                                         1994                    1995                      1996
                                                  ------------------    ----------------------    ----------------------
 
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>                       <C>
Cash flows of operating activities:
    Net income.................................         $  2.8                  $ 25.3                    $ 39.2
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
      cash provided by (used in) operating
      activities:
         Depreciation and amortization.........            7.7                    12.9                      12.1
         Deferred income taxes.................        --                         (1.7)                      9.3
         Changes in operating assets and
           liabilities:
             (Increase) decrease in
               receivables.....................          (10.1)                   (4.9)                     12.1
             (Increase) decrease in
               inventories.....................           32.7                     9.1                      17.6
             (Increase) decrease in other
               assets..........................            1.3                    (3.4)                      2.1
             Decrease in accounts payable,
               accrued and other long-term
               liabilities.....................          (14.0)                  (16.1)                    (11.6)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                  Net cash flows of operating
                    activities.................           20.4                    21.2                      80.8
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
Cash flows of investing activities:
    Capital expenditures.......................           (9.1)                  (26.2)                    (30.0)
    Investment in joint venture................        --                     --                            (6.4)
    Other, net.................................            1.6                     (.5)                       .9
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                  Net cash flows of investing
                    activities.................           (7.5)                  (26.7)                    (35.5)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
Cash flows of financing activities:
    Dividends paid.............................        --                     --                           (55.1)
    Proceeds from related party advance........           26.0                     8.0                       4.8
    Proceeds from issuance of other debt.......            4.5                --                             2.0
    Repayment of related party advance.........        --                     --                            (8.0)
    Repayment of other long-term debt..........          (35.9)                    (.7)                      (.8)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                  Net cash flows of financing
                    activities.................           (5.4)                    7.3                     (57.1)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
Increase (decrease) in cash....................            7.5                     1.8                     (11.8)
Cash -- beginning of period....................            4.4                    11.9                      13.7
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
Cash -- end of period..........................         $ 11.9                  $ 13.7                    $  1.9
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
    Income taxes paid (refunded)...............         $  4.5                  $  4.2                    $ (1.1)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
    Interest paid..............................         $ 11.3                  $ 21.3                    $ 20.1
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------------
                                                        1996                  1997
                                                 ------------------    ------------------
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>
Cash flows of operating activities:
    Net income.................................        $  2.5                $  8.6
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
      cash provided by (used in) operating
      activities:
         Depreciation and amortization.........           3.0                   3.3
         Deferred income taxes.................            .6                    .7
         Changes in operating assets and
           liabilities:
             (Increase) decrease in
               receivables.....................         (14.0)                (20.7)
             (Increase) decrease in
               inventories.....................          (4.2)                 (4.6)
             (Increase) decrease in other
               assets..........................       --                       (1.3)
             Decrease in accounts payable,
               accrued and other long-term
               liabilities.....................         (10.6)                 (4.2)
                                                       ------                ------
                  Net cash flows of operating
                    activities.................         (22.7)                (18.2)
                                                       ------                ------
Cash flows of investing activities:
    Capital expenditures.......................          (5.6)                 (4.0)
    Investment in joint venture................       --                    --
    Other, net.................................           (.2)                   .2
                                                       ------                ------
                  Net cash flows of investing
                    activities.................          (5.8)                 (3.8)
                                                       ------                ------
Cash flows of financing activities:
    Dividends paid.............................       --                    --
    Proceeds from related party advance........       --                    --
    Proceeds from issuance of other debt.......          22.0                  23.2
    Repayment of related party advance.........       --                    --
    Repayment of other long-term debt..........           (.1)                  (.2)
                                                       ------                ------
                  Net cash flows of financing
                    activities.................          21.9                  23.0
                                                       ------                ------
Increase (decrease) in cash....................          (6.6)                  1.0
Cash -- beginning of period....................          13.7                   1.9
                                                       ------                ------
Cash -- end of period..........................        $  7.1                $  2.9
                                                       ------                ------
                                                       ------                ------
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
    Income taxes paid (refunded)...............       -$-                    $  1.9
                                                       ------                ------
                                                       ------                ------
    Interest paid..............................        $  4.3                $   .1
                                                       ------                ------
                                                       ------                ------
</TABLE>
    
 
            See accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-5

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. GENERAL AND ACQUISITION
 
     General.  General  Cable  Corporation (formerly  General  Cable Acquisition
Holdings Corporation, see note 19)  and related companies ('General Cable')  are
engaged  in the development, design,  manufacture, marketing and distribution of
copper wire and cable products for the communications and electrical markets. As
of December 31, 1996, General Cable operated seventeen manufacturing  facilities
within  the United States in addition  to the corporate headquarters in Highland
Heights, Kentucky.
 
     Acquisition. In June 1994, a subsidiary of Wassall PLC acquired all of  the
outstanding   common  stock  of  General   Cable  for  $94.9  million  including
acquisition  related  expenses.  Wassall  PLC  also  purchased  a   subordinated
promissory  note  payable  to  American  Premier  Underwriters,  Inc. ('American
Premier')  for  $169.8  million.  This   transaction  is  referred  to  as   the
'Acquisition'.  The Acquisition was accounted for  as a purchase and accordingly
the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities  assumed
based upon their fair market values.
 
     The  fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were as follows
(in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Cash................................................................................   $   4.4
Receivables.........................................................................     132.6
Inventories.........................................................................     220.3
Property, plant and equipment.......................................................     101.3
Goodwill............................................................................      64.4
Other assets........................................................................      12.7
                                                                                       -------
     Total..........................................................................     535.7
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities............................................    (141.8)
Long-term debt......................................................................    (211.8)
Other liabilities...................................................................     (87.2)
                                                                                       -------
     Total, net.....................................................................   $  94.9
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
</TABLE>
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles of Combination.  The combined financial  statements include  the
accounts  of General  Cable and  its wholly  owned subsidiaries  and two related
companies, Carol  Cable Ltd.  and Carol  Cable Europe  Ltd. The  companies,  the
ownership of which was transferred to Wassall PLC subsequent to the Acquisition,
are  under common ownership and common management. See Note 19. All transactions
and  balances  among  the  combined  companies  have  been  eliminated.  Certain
reclassifications  have been made to  the prior years to  conform to the current
year's presentation.
 
   
     Basis of  Presentation  of  Unaudited Interim  Financial  Information.  The
interim  financial information included  herein is unaudited.  In the opinion of
management,  the  interim  financial   information  reflects  all   adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of
such  unaudited  interim financial  information. Results  of operations  for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of results that
may be expected for the full year.
    
 
     Revenue Recognition.  Revenue  is recognized  when  shipments are  made  to
customers.
 
   
     Earnings  Per Share. Earnings per share  was computed based on the weighted
average shares outstanding for  each period adjusted  for a 121,250-for-1  stock
split  effected  April 18,  1997.  See Note  19.  General Cable  is  required to
implement SFAS No. 128, 'Earnings Per Share' ('SFAS No. 128'), which was  issued
in February 1997, in the fourth quarter of 1997. The effect of implementing SFAS
No. 128 is not expected to be material.
    
 
     Inventories.  Inventories are stated at the  lower of cost or market value.
General  Cable  values  the  copper  component  of  its  inventories  using  the
last-in/first-out ('LIFO') method and values all remaining inventories using the
first-in/first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
                                      F-6
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Goodwill.  Goodwill  recorded in  the Acquisition  was amortized  using the
straight line method over 40 years. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, 'Accounting
for Income Taxes' ('SFAS No. 109'), the recognition in 1995 of the tax  benefits
of  acquired deductible temporary differences and carryforwards served to reduce
goodwill to zero.
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated  at
cost.   Costs  assigned  to  property,  plant  and  equipment  relating  to  the
Acquisition were based on  estimated fair values at  that date. Depreciation  is
provided  using the straight-line method over  the estimated useful lives of the
assets. General Cable implemented SFAS  No. 121, 'Accounting for the  Impairment
of  Long-Lived Assets and  Long-Lived Assets to  Be Disposed Of,'  on January 1,
1996. SFAS No. 121  requires that long-lived assets  be reviewed for  impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
the  asset in question may not  be recoverable. Management believes that amounts
recorded as assets are recoverable through normal operations. The implementation
of SFAS  No. 121  did  not have  a material  effect  on the  combined  financial
statements.
 
     Fair  Value of Financial Instruments.  Financial instruments are defined as
cash or contracts  relating to the  receipt, delivery or  exchange of  financial
instruments.  Except as  otherwise noted,  fair value  approximates the carrying
value of such instruments.
 
     Forward Pricing Agreements For Purchases of Copper. In the normal course of
business, General Cable enters into forward pricing agreements for purchases  of
copper  to  match certain  sales transactions.  At December  31, 1995  and 1996,
General Cable  had $21.3  million  and $16.9  million, respectively,  of  future
copper  purchases that  were under forward  pricing agreements  and such amounts
approximated fair value.
 
     Use of Estimates. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts  of  assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date  of
the  financial  statements and  the reported  amounts  of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Concentration of Credit Risk. General Cable sells a broad range of products
throughout the United States, Canada  and Europe. Concentrations of credit  risk
with  respect  to trade  receivables  are limited  due  to the  large  number of
customers, including  members  of  buying  groups,  comprising  General  Cable's
customer  base. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial condition are
performed and, generally,  no collateral  is required.  General Cable  maintains
reserves for potential credit losses and such losses, in the aggregate, have not
exceeded  management's estimates. General Cable  has one customer that accounted
for 10.4% of its net  sales in 1996. Sales to  a single customer did not  exceed
10% in 1995 or the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994.
 
3. RECEIVABLES
 
     Receivables  were net  of allowances  of $8.1  million and  $8.4 million at
December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
4. INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consisted of the following (in millions):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ----------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                 1995      1996        1997
                                                                ------    ------    -----------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Raw materials................................................   $ 32.9    $ 20.8      $  20.7
Work-in-progress.............................................     35.7      28.6         24.4
Finished goods...............................................    110.0     111.6        120.5
                                                                ------    ------    -----------
     Total...................................................   $178.6    $161.0      $ 165.6
                                                                ------    ------    -----------
                                                                ------    ------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
     At  December  31,  1995  and   1996,  $80.2  million  and  $67.8   million,
respectively,  of  inventories were  valued using  the LIFO  method. Approximate
replacement cost  of inventories  valued using  the LIFO  method totaled  $114.5
million at December 31, 1995 and $76.2 million at December 31, 1996. A reduction
in  inventory quantities during 1994, 1995 and 1996 resulted in a liquidation of
LIFO inventory quantities carried at a lower  cost as compared with the cost  of
current  purchases. The effect of this liquidation was to decrease cost of goods
sold by $10.3 million, $.2 million and $1.6 million for the period June 9,  1994
to  December  31,  1994  and  the  years  ended  December  31,  1995  and  1996,
respectively.
 
5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ----------------
                                                                               1995      1996
                                                                              ------    ------
 
<S>                                                                           <C>       <C>
Land.......................................................................   $  9.7    $  6.9
Buildings and leasehold improvements.......................................     35.2      38.5
Machinery, equipment and office furnishings................................     76.4      94.1
Construction in progress...................................................     12.3      18.1
                                                                              ------    ------
                                                                               133.6     157.6
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization..........................    (17.2)    (28.8)
                                                                              ------    ------
     Total.................................................................   $116.4    $128.8
                                                                              ------    ------
                                                                              ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense totaled $6.7 million, $11.7 million and $12.1  million
for  the period June 9,  1994 to December 31, 1994  and the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
6. INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE
 
     In December 1996,  General Cable  and SpecTran  Corporation formed  General
Photonics  LLC, a  joint venture  fiber optic  cable company.  General Cable and
SpecTran each  own 50%  of General  Photonics. General  Cable accounts  for  its
investment  in  General  Photonics under  the  equity method  of  accounting. At
December 31, 1996, the investment balance  of $6.4 million is included in  other
assets in the accompanying combined balance sheet.
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
7. ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
     Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      --------------
                                                                      1995     1996
                                                                      -----    -----
 
<S>                                                                   <C>      <C>
Insurance claims and related expenses..............................   $10.3    $10.1
Payroll related accruals...........................................     8.0      9.4
Customer rebates...................................................     9.2      7.1
Accrued restructuring costs........................................    15.0      6.4
Payable to related party...........................................    --        4.8
Other accrued liabilities..........................................    17.9     21.0
                                                                      -----    -----
          Total....................................................   $60.4    $58.8
                                                                      -----    -----
                                                                      -----    -----
</TABLE>
 
8. SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
     General  Cable has an  unsecured Demand Revolving  Credit Note ('Revolver')
for $30.0 million, of which no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 1995 and
$2.0 million was outstanding at December 31, 1996. The Revolver is due  December
31,  1997. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver  is paid on the last day of
the selected interest period and is based on either (i) the prime rate, (ii) the
LIBOR rate plus 30 basis points or (iii) a quoted rate, as such rate is selected
by General Cable. The approximate weighted average interest rate paid was  6.1%,
6.6%  and 5.9% for  the period June 9,  1994 to December 31,  1994 and the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     In March 1995, a  subsidiary of General Cable  issued an $8.0 million  note
payable  on demand to a Wassall PLC subsidiary. The note bore annual interest at
the one year  LIBOR rate plus  1% and  was payable semi-annually.  The note  was
repaid in July 1996.
 
9. RESTRUCTURING PLAN
 
     In connection with the Acquisition, accruals of approximately $46.5 million
were established for restructuring activities related to the reduction of excess
manufacturing  and warehouse capacity and the reduction of excess administrative
overhead costs. These  costs principally represented  employee separation  costs
and  costs related  to facility  closings, including  lease payments  for closed
facilities and other premise costs. Facilities closed include two  manufacturing
plants during 1996 and three manufacturing plants and one warehouse in 1995. The
restructuring  plan is expected to  be completed during 1998.  The total cost of
these actions is expected to approximate the original estimate.
 
     Changes in accrued restructuring costs were as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FACILITY
                                                                   SEPARATION    CLOSING
                                                                     COSTS        COSTS      TOTAL
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
 
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>         <C>
Original balance................................................     $ 18.4       $ 28.1     $46.5
     Utilization................................................       (2.8)       --         (2.8)
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1994......................................       15.6         28.1      43.7
     Utilization................................................       (7.9)        (8.7)    (16.6)
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1995......................................        7.7         19.4      27.1
     Utilization................................................       (4.7)        (9.1)    (13.8)
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1996......................................     $  3.0       $ 10.3     $13.3
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
10. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Notes payable to related parties consisted of the following (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------
                                                           1995      1996
                                                          ------    ------
 
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>
Subordinated Note, 9.98%...............................   $169.8    $169.8
Note payable, prime rate plus 3/4%.....................     26.0      26.0
                                                          ------    ------
          Total........................................   $195.8    $195.8
                                                          ------    ------
                                                          ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     On June 9, 1994, Wassall PLC purchased a $169.8 million 9.98%  Subordinated
Note  due 2005 from American Premier (the 'Subordinated Note'). The principal of
the Subordinated Note is  scheduled to be repaid  as follows: $12.75 million  in
each  of 1998  and 1999;  $25.5 million in  each of  2000 through  2004; and the
remaining unpaid  balance in  2005. The  terms of  the Subordinated  Note  limit
General  Cable's other indebtedness to $100  million in borrowings from banks or
other financial institutions.
 
     In July 1994,  a subsidiary of  General Cable issued  a $26.0 million  note
payable  on demand to a Wassall PLC  subsidiary. Interest on the note is payable
semi-annually. The holder  of the  note has agreed  that repayment  will not  be
demanded during 1997 unless other funding is obtained to refinance the note on a
long-term basis.
 
     At  December 31, 1996, the  fair value of General  Cable's notes to related
parties was $220.3 million compared to the carrying value of $195.8 million. The
fair value was estimated by discounting the future cash flows using an  interest
rate currently available to General Cable.
 
     At  December  31, 1996,  other long-term  debt  of $9.3  million, primarily
Industrial Development Revenue  Bonds, had  a weighted  average annual  interest
rate  of 5.7%. Maturities  of such notes  are as follows:  1997 -- $0.7 million,
1998 -- $0.6 million, 1999 -- $2.8  million, 2000 -- $0.1 million, 2001 --  $0.1
million and thereafter -- $5.0 million.
 
11. INCOME TAXES
 
     The  provision (benefit)  for income taxes  consisted of  the following (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PERIOD
                                                      JUNE 9 TO       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     DECEMBER 31,    --------------------------
                                                         1994           1995           1996
                                                     ------------    ----------    ------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
Current:
     Federal tax expense..........................       $6.3          $--            $  6.8
     State tax expense............................         .2           --               2.9
     Foreign tax expense..........................      --                 .2             .7
Deferred:
     Federal tax expense (benefit)................      --               (1.7)           8.4
     State tax expense............................      --              --                .9
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                         $6.5          $ (1.5)        $ 19.7
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The reconciliation of reported income tax  expense to the amount of  income
tax expense that would result from applying domestic federal statutory tax rates
to pretax income is as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PERIOD
                                                      JUNE 9 TO       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     DECEMBER 31,    --------------------------
                                                         1994           1995           1996
                                                     ------------    ----------    ------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
Statutory federal income tax......................       $3.3          $  8.3         $ 20.6
State income tax-net of federal benefit...........         .1           --               1.7
Valuation allowance change........................        2.0           (10.1)        --
Other (net).......................................        1.1              .3           (2.6)
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                         $6.5          $ (1.5)        $ 19.7
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
     The  components of deferred tax assets  and liabilities were as follows (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    --------------------------
                                                                       1995           1996
                                                                    ----------    ------------
 
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforward.............................     $ 28.3         $ 27.4
     Pension and retiree benefits accruals.......................        8.5            7.9
     Asset and rationalization reserves..........................       11.7            7.8
     Inventory reserves..........................................        5.3            5.1
     Alternative minimum tax credit..............................        7.5            4.7
     Other liabilities and reserves..............................       13.5           14.4
                                                                    ----------       ------
     Total deferred tax assets...................................     $ 74.8         $ 67.3
                                                                    ----------       ------
                                                                    ----------       ------
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciation and fixed assets...............................     $ 10.1         $ 11.8
                                                                    ----------       ------
                                                                    ----------       ------
Net deferred tax assets..........................................     $ 64.7         $ 55.5
                                                                    ----------       ------
                                                                    ----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
     SFAS No. 109 requires a valuation allowance to be recorded when it is  more
likely  than  not that  some  or all  of  the deferred  tax  assets will  not be
realized. At December 31, 1994, a valuation allowance for the full amount of the
net deferred tax asset was recorded because of pre-1994 losses and uncertainties
as to the amount of taxable income that would be generated in future years.  Due
in  large part to productivity improvements and cost reduction programs, General
Cable's operating  profits have  increased  substantially. In  1995,  management
determined  that it was more likely than not that future taxable income would be
sufficient to enable General  Cable to realize all  of its deferred tax  assets.
Accordingly,  no valuation allowance has been  recorded at December 31, 1995 and
1996. Goodwill recorded in the Acquisition was amortized using the straight line
method over 40 years. In accordance with  SFAS No. 109, the recognition in  1995
of   the  tax  benefits   of  acquired  deductible   temporary  differences  and
carryforwards served to reduce goodwill to zero.
 
     In accordance with  the provisions  of Internal Revenue  Code Section  382,
utilization  of the Company's net operating loss carryforward is estimated to be
limited  to  approximately  $5.4  million  per  year.  The  net  operating  loss
carryforward  expires in varying amounts from  2007 through 2011. Because of the
Section 382 limitation, the  portion of the Company's  total net operating  loss
carryforward  that  may  be  utilized  through  expiration  is  estimated  to be
approximately $78.2 million. General Cable also has $4.7 million of  alternative
minimum  tax  ('AMT') credit  carryforwards that  have  no expiration  date. The
utilization of  the AMT  credit carryforwards  is also  subject to  Section  382
limitations.
 
12. PENSION PLANS
 
     General   Cable  provides  retirement  benefits  through  contributory  and
noncontributory  pension  plans  for  the  majority  of  its  regular  full-time
employees.
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Pension  expense under the defined  contribution plans sponsored by General
Cable equaled four percent of each eligible employee's covered compensation.  In
addition,  General  Cable sponsors  employee savings  plans under  which General
Cable may match a specified portion of contributions made by eligible employees.
 
     Benefits provided under defined benefit pension plans sponsored by  General
Cable  are generally based  on years of  service multiplied by  a specific fixed
dollar amount.  Contributions to  these  pension plans  are based  on  generally
accepted  actuarial methods which may differ  from the methods used to determine
pension expense. The amounts funded for any plan year are neither less than  the
minimum  required under federal law nor  more than the maximum amount deductible
for federal income tax purposes.
 
     Net pension  expense  for  plans  included  the  following  components  (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PERIOD JUNE        YEAR ENDED
                                                                           9 TO          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,    -----------------
                                                                           1994         1995       1996
                                                                       ------------    ------     ------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>        <C>
Service cost........................................................      $   .6       $  1.1     $  1.4
Interest cost.......................................................         2.9          6.1        6.0
Return on plan assets...............................................        (1.1)       (14.3)     (10.5)
Net amortization and deferral.......................................        (2.3)         7.7        3.2
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
     Net defined benefit pension expense............................          .1           .6         .1
     Net defined contribution pension expense.......................         1.4          2.3        2.1
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
          Total pension expense.....................................      $  1.5       $  2.9     $  2.2
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
</TABLE>
 
     The  table below  sets forth the  funded status of  General Cable's defined
benefit plans and  the amounts recognized  in General Cable's  balance sheet  at
December 31, 1995 and 1996 related to those plans (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ASSETS EXCEED
                                                                         ACCUMULATED
                                                                          BENEFITS          ACCUMULATED
                                                                      -----------------      BENEFITS
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,       EXCEED ASSETS
                                                                      -----------------    -------------
                                                                       1995       1996         1995
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>       <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation:
     Vested benefit obligation.....................................   $ (8.0)    $(75.9)      $ (69.7)
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
     Accumulated benefit obligation................................   $ (9.0)    $(82.7)      $ (74.9)
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
Projected benefit obligation.......................................   $(10.0)    $(84.0)      $ (74.9)
Plan assets at fair value..........................................     12.8       87.8          68.7
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
Excess assets (obligations)........................................      2.8        3.8          (6.2)
Unrecognized net gain..............................................     (1.6)      (9.1)         (2.0)
Unrecognized prior service cost....................................       .4        2.8           1.0
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
     Accrued pension asset (liability).............................   $  1.6     $ (2.5)      $  (7.2)
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     The  weighted  average  discount  rate used  in  determining  the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit  obligation was 8.5% for the period  June
9,  1994 to December 31, 1994 and 7.5% for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996, respectively. The rate of compensation  increase was 4.5% and the  assumed
long-term  rate of  return on  plan assets was  9.5% for  each period presented.
Pension plan  assets  consist of  equity  securities and  various  fixed  income
investments.
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
13. POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
 
     General  Cable has post-retirement  benefit plans that  provide medical and
life insurance for certain retirees and eligible dependents. General Cable funds
the plans  as claims  or insurance  premiums are  incurred. Net  post-retirement
benefit expense included the following components (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PERIOD JUNE       YEAR ENDED
                                                                              9 TO         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,     -------------
                                                                              1994         1995     1996
                                                                          ------------     ----     ----
 
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>      <C>
Service cost...........................................................       $ .1         $ .3     $ .4
Interest cost..........................................................         .5          1.1      1.1
                                                                               ---         ----     ----
     Net post-retirement benefit expense...............................       $ .6         $1.4     $1.5
                                                                               ---         ----     ----
                                                                               ---         ----     ----
</TABLE>
 
     The  funded status of  the plans and amounts  recognized in General Cable's
balance sheet was as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ----------------
                                                                                         1995      1996
                                                                                        ------    ------
 
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation:
     Retirees........................................................................   $ (5.9)   $ (5.3)
     Fully eligible active plan participants.........................................     (3.0)     (3.0)
     Other active plan participants..................................................     (6.3)     (7.2)
     Unrecognized net loss...........................................................       .4      --
                                                                                        ------    ------
          Accrued post-retirement benefit liability..................................   $(14.8)   $(15.5)
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     The discount  rate  used  in determining  the  accumulated  post-retirement
benefit obligation was 8.5% for the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and
7.5%  for the years ended December 31,  1995 and 1996, respectively. The assumed
health care cost trend  rate used in  measuring the accumulated  post-retirement
benefit  obligation  was 11.9%  decreasing gradually  to 5.5%  in year  2005 and
thereafter. Increasing  the assumed  health care  cost trend  rate by  1%  would
result  in an increase of the  accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation of
$1.3  million  for  1996.  The  effect   of  this  change  would  increase   net
post-retirement benefit expense by $.1 million.
 
14. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
     Changes in shareholder's equity were as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ADDITIONAL
                                                             COMMON      PAID IN      RETAINED
                                                             STOCK       CAPITAL      EARNINGS     TOTAL
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
 
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance, June 9, 1994.....................................    $ .2        $94.7        $ --        $ 94.9
     Net income...........................................     --         --               2.8        2.8
     Other................................................    --          --               (.1)       (.1)
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
Balance, December 31, 1994................................      .2         94.7            2.7       97.6
     Net income...........................................    --          --              25.3       25.3
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
Balance, December 31, 1995................................      .2         94.7           28.0      122.9
     Net income...........................................    --          --              39.2       39.2
     Dividends............................................    --          --             (55.1)     (55.1)
     Other................................................    --          --                .4         .4
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
Balance, December 31, 1996................................    $ .2        $94.7        $  12.5     $107.4
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
   
     Pro  forma  shareholder's  equity  (unaudited)  reflects  a  $42.6  million
dividend anticipated  to  be  paid  to  a Wassall  subsidiary  in  May  1997  in
connection  with the  refinancing and the  initial public  offering described in
Note 19.
    
 
15. CONTINGENCIES
 
     Certain present and former operating sites, or portions thereof,  currently
or  previously  owned and/or  leased  by current  or  former operating  units of
General Cable are the subject of investigations, monitoring or remediation under
the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
('CERCLA' or 'superfund'), the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act or
comparable state statutes  or agreements with  third parties. These  proceedings
are  in various stages ranging from  initial investigations to active settlement
negotiations to implementation of the clean-up or remediation of sites.
 
     Certain present and former operating units of General Cable have been named
as Potentially Responsible Parties ('PRPs')  at several off-site disposal  sites
under  CERCLA or comparable state statutes in federal court proceedings. In each
of these  matters, the  operating unit  of  General Cable  is working  with  the
governmental agencies involved and other PRPs to address environmental claims in
a responsible and appropriate manner.
 
     At  December 31, 1996, General Cable had accrued approximately $7.3 million
for various environmental related liabilities  of which General Cable is  aware.
In connection with the Acquisition, American Premier agreed to indemnify General
Cable  against all environmental  liabilities arising out  of General Cable's or
its predecessors' ownership or operation of the Indiana Steel & Wire Company and
Marathon Manufacturing Holdings, Inc. businesses (which were divested by General
Cable prior  to the  Acquisition),  without limitation  as  to time  or  amount.
American  Premier also agreed to indemnify General  Cable against 66 2/3% of all
other  environmental  liabilities  arising  out   of  General  Cable's  or   its
predecessors' ownership or operation of other properties and assets in excess of
$10  million but not  in excess of  $33 million which  are identified during the
seven year period  ending June 2001.  While it is  difficult to estimate  future
environmental   liabilities  accurately,   General  Cable   does  not  currently
anticipate any material adverse impact  on its results of operations,  financial
position  or cash flows as a result  of compliance with federal, state, local or
foreign environmental  laws  or  regulations  or  cleanup  costs  of  the  sites
discussed above.
 
     In  addition, subsidiaries of the Company  have been named as defendants in
lawsuits alleging exposure to asbestos in products manufactured by the  Company.
At  December 31, 1996, General Cable  had accrued approximately $2.3 million for
these lawsuits. The Company does not believe that the outcome of the  litigation
will  have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, cash flows or
financial position.
 
16. COMMITMENTS
 
     General Cable has entered into  various operating lease agreements  related
principally to certain administrative, manufacturing and distribution facilities
and  transportation  equipment. Future  minimum  rental payments  required under
noncancelable  lease  agreements   at  December  31,   1996  were  as   follows:
1997  -- $5.8 million, 1998 -- $5.0 million,  1999 -- $4.7 million, 2000 -- $3.0
million, 2001  --  $2.1 million,  and $0.5 million  thereafter.  Rental  expense
recorded  under operating leases was $2.1 million, $3.8 million and $4.2 million
for the period June 9, 1994 to  December 31, 1994, and the years ended  December
31, 1995, 1996, respectively.
 
17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     A subsidiary of Wassall charged General Cable a fee for management services
of  $1.1 million for the period June 9,  1994 to December 31, 1994, $1.4 million
for 1995 and $1.6 million for 1996 which are
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
included in selling,  general and  administrative expenses  in the  accompanying
combined statements of income.
 
18. QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The   interim  financial  information  is  unaudited.  In  the  opinion  of
management, the interim financial information reflects all adjustments necessary
for a fair  presentation of quarterly  financial information. Quarterly  results
have been influenced by seasonal factors inherent in General Cable's businesses.
Summarized  historical quarterly financial data for  1995 and 1996 are set forth
below (in millions, except per share data):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH      TOTAL
                                                                  QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER      YEAR
                                                                  -------    -------    -------    -------    --------
 
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1995
     Net sales.................................................   $249.3     $270.8     $273.6     $267.6     $1,061.3
     Gross profit..............................................     27.0       38.2       35.9       37.6        138.7
     Net income(loss)..........................................     (3.2)       8.2        9.1       11.2         25.3
     Earnings (loss) per share.................................     (.13)       .34        .37        .46         1.04
 
1996
     Net sales.................................................   $258.0     $270.7     $272.2     $242.7     $1,043.6
     Gross profit..............................................     36.0       47.6       55.7       49.0        188.3
     Net income................................................      2.5       10.0       15.2       11.5         39.2
     Earnings per share........................................      .10        .41        .63        .48         1.62
</TABLE>
    
 
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
   
     On March 5, 1997 the name of General Cable Acquisition Holdings Corporation
was changed to General Cable Corporation. In addition, on March 7, 1997  General
Cable's Board of Directors approved the filing of a Registration Statement under
the  Securities Act of  1933 for an  initial public offering  of General Cable's
common stock.
    
 
   
     In connection with the initial public  offering, the Board of Directors  of
General  Cable approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common
stock to  75,000,000,  authorized  25,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  and
authorized  a 121,250-for-1  common stock  split effective  April 18,  1997. All
references to  common  stock and  per  share data  have  been restated  to  give
retroactive effect to the stock split.
    
 
   
     Prior to consummation of the initial public offering, General Cable intends
to enter into a new credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The facility will
consist  of  a  five-year  unsecured revolving  credit  and  competitive advance
facility in an aggregate principal  amount of $350.0 million. Concurrently  with
the  consummation of the initial public  offering, General Cable intends to make
an initial borrowing under  the new facility,  and to use  the proceeds of  such
borrowing,  to (i)  repay all  outstanding revolving  bank debt,  (ii) repay all
intercompany debt and  advances to  Wassall and  its subsidiaries,  (iii) pay  a
$42.6  million dividend to Wassall and (iv)  purchase Carol Cable Ltd. and Carol
Cable Europe Ltd. from Wassall for $2.0 million, which approximates the net book
value of such companies.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of operations, cash
flows,   and  shareholders'  equity   of  the  General   Cable  Corporation  and
subsidiaries for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994. These  consolidated
financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audit.
 
     We  conducted  our audit  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and  disclosures in the  statements of operations,  cash flows,  and
shareholders' equity. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used  and significant  estimates made by  management, as well  as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We  believe that our audit provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, such financial statements  present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of General Cable
Corporation and subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio

February 3, 1997
 
                                      F-16
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1994 TO JUNE 8, 1994
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Net sales.......................................................................      $ 355.0
Cost of sales...................................................................        310.8
                                                                                   ----------
          Gross profit..........................................................         44.2
Selling, general and administrative expenses....................................         43.1
                                                                                   ----------
          Operating income......................................................          1.1
Interest expense:
     Interest expense related parties...........................................        (11.5)
     Other interest.............................................................          (.6)
                                                                                   ----------
          Loss before income taxes..............................................        (11.0)
Income tax benefit..............................................................           .1
                                                                                   ----------
          Net loss..............................................................      $ (10.9)
                                                                                   ----------
                                                                                   ----------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-17
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1994 TO JUNE 8, 1994
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Cash flows of operating activities:
     Net loss.............................................................................    $   (10.9)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization...................................................          7.8
          Non-cash interest expense.......................................................         11.5
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               Increase in receivables....................................................        (13.1)
               Increase in inventories....................................................        (22.9)
               Increase in other assets...................................................         (3.0)
               Decrease in accounts payable, accrued and other long-term liabilities......         (7.8)
                                                                                            -------------
                    Net cash flows of operating activities................................        (38.4)
                                                                                            -------------
Cash flows of investing activities:
     Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations........................................         10.4
     Capital expenditures.................................................................         (6.2)
                                                                                            -------------
                    Net cash flows of investing activities................................          4.2
                                                                                            -------------
Cash flows of financing activities:
     Net proceeds from Revolving Credit Facility..........................................         35.9
     Repayment of debt....................................................................        (11.3)
                                                                                            -------------
                    Net cash flows of financing activities................................         24.6
                                                                                            -------------
Decrease in cash..........................................................................         (9.6)
Cash -- beginning of period...............................................................         14.0
                                                                                            -------------
Cash -- end of period.....................................................................    $     4.4
                                                                                            -------------
                                                                                            -------------
</TABLE>
 
Non-cash Items
 
     General Cable issued an Interest Note to American Premier Underwriters Inc.
("American Premier") for $12.0 million on March 31, 1994.
 
     General Cable transferred promissory notes received in connection with  the
sale  of assets  and liabilities of  MLTC Company  (formerly Marathon LeTourneau
Company) to American Premier in payment of $37.7 million of subordinated debt.
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-18
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1994 TO JUNE 8, 1994
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        COMMON    CAPITAL     ACCUMULATED
                                                                        STOCK     SURPLUS       DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
 
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993...........................................   $13.0      $245.1       $(118.2)     $139.9
     Net loss........................................................    --         --            (10.9)      (10.9)
     Common stock retired............................................     (.1 )       (.5)       --             (.6)
     Other...........................................................    --            .2            .3          .5
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
Balance, June 8, 1994................................................   $12.9      $244.8       $(128.8)     $128.9
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-19

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     Business. General Cable Corporation ('General Cable') manufacturers a broad
array  of wire and cable products for use in the telecommunications, electronic,
electrical, consumer and automotive markets.  The Common Stock of General  Cable
was  distributed  to  the  shareholders of  American  Premier,  a  subsidiary of
American Financial Corporation, on July 1, 1992. American Financial  Corporation
and  its subsidiaries owned  approximately 45% of General  Cable Common Stock at
December 31, 1993.
 
     General Cable had  $286.8 million  in 9.98% Subordinated  Notes payable  to
American  Premier  at  December  31,  1993.  Interest  expense  relating  to the
Subordinated Notes payable to American Premier was $11.5 million for the  period
January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994.
 
     Basis  of Presentation.  The consolidated financial  statements present the
results of operations and cash flows  of General Cable and its subsidiaries  for
the  period from  January 1, 1994  to June 8,  1994 prior to  the acquisition of
General Cable by Wassall PLC on June 9, 1994 and do not include any  adjustments
resulting from the acquisition.
 
     Principles  of Consolidation.  All significant  majority-owned subsidiaries
are consolidated. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.
 
     Inventories. Inventories are stated at the  lower of cost or market  value.
General  Cable  values  the  copper  component  of  its  inventories  using  the
last-in/first-out ('LIFO') method and values all remaining inventories using the
first-in/first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated  at
cost.  Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the expected
useful lives of the assets.
 
     Goodwill. The  excess  of the  acquisition  cost  over the  net  assets  of
businesses  acquired is being  amortized using the  straight-line method over 40
years.
 
     Use of Estimates. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts  of  assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date  of
the  financial  statements and  the reported  amounts  of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Revenue Recognition.  Product sales  are recorded  when such  products  are
shipped to customers.
 
     Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions. General Cable implemented SFAS
No. 106, 'Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions,'
on  January  1,  1993  and elected  prospective  recognition  of  the transition
obligation. The expense related  to health care and  life insurance for  retired
employees was not material for January 1, 1994 through June 8, 1994.
 
2. DIVESTITURES
 
     In  November 1993, General  Cable entered into  a definitive agreement with
Rowan Companies,  Inc.  for  the  sale  of  substantially  all  the  assets  and
assumption  of certain liabilities of MLTC Company  as of September 30, 1993. In
February 1994, General Cable completed the sale and subsequently transferred all
proceeds of the transaction, approximately $48.1 million, consisting of cash and
promissory notes, to American  Premier in partial  payment of subordinated  debt
due to American Premier.
 
3. PENSION PLANS
 
     General   Cable  provides  retirement  benefits  through  contributory  and
noncontributory  pension  plans  for  the  majority  of  its  regular  full-time
employees except those covered by certain labor contracts.
 
     Pension  expense under the defined  contribution plans sponsored by General
Cable equaled four percent of each eligible employee's covered compensation.  In
addition, General Cable sponsors
 
                                      F-20
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
employee  savings plans under which General  Cable may match a specified portion
of contributions made by eligible employees.
 
     Benefits provided under  defined benefit plans  sponsored by General  Cable
are  generally based on years  of service multiplied by  a specific fixed dollar
amount. Contributions to  these pension  plans are based  on generally  accepted
actuarial  methods which may  differ from the methods  used to determine pension
expense. The amounts funded for any plan year are neither less than the  minimum
required  under  federal law  nor more  than the  maximum amount  deductible for
federal income tax purposes.
 
     Net pension expense for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994 was $1.3
million.
 
4. INCOME TAXES
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, the
benefit of  future deductible  temporary differences  as well  as tax  loss  and
credit  carryforwards  was  offset by  a  full  valuation allowance  due  to the
uncertainties with  respect  to the  amount  of  taxable income  which  will  be
generated  in future  years. No  provision for federal  income taxes  and a $0.1
million benefit for state income taxes  were recorded for the period January  1,
1994 to June 8, 1994 due to an operating loss.
 
5. COMMITMENTS
 
     General  Cable has entered into  various operating lease agreements related
principally  to  certain   administrative  and   manufacturing  facilities   and
transportation equipment. Rental expense charged to operations for all operating
leases amounted to $1.9 million for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994.
 
6. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     Effective  June 9, 1994,  a subsidiary of  Wassall PLC acquired  96% of the
outstanding common stock of General Cable. The subsidiary subsequently  acquired
the remaining 4% of the common stock of General Cable.
 
                                      F-21
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
______________________________                    ______________________________
 
     NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF
GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS  MAY NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS
HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY,  THE  SELLING  STOCKHOLDER  OR   ANY
UNDERWRITER.   THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL,  OR
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES  OFFERED
BY THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN  OFFER TO BUY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED,  OR TO ANY PERSON TO  WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE  ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH  OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  IS  NOT QUALIFIED  TO  DO SO.  NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN  THE
AFFAIRS  OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE  DATE HEREOF  OR THAT  INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PAGE
                                              ----
<S>                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................      3
Risk Factors...............................      7
The Company................................     11
Use of Proceeds............................     11
Dividends..................................     12
Dilution...................................     12
Capitalization.............................     13
Selected Financial Data....................     14
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.........     16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...............................     17
Business...................................     23
Management.................................     37
Selling Stockholder........................     45
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions.............................     45
Description of Capital Stock...............     46
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............     50
Certain U.S. Federal Tax Consequences
  to Non-U.S. Holders of Common
  Stock....................................     52
Underwriting...............................     54
Legal Matters..............................     57
Experts....................................     57
Available Information......................     58
Index to Financial Statements..............    F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
     UNTIL                 ,  1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL  DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS   OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.

 
                                     [LOGO]

                             ------------------------

                               16,900,000 SHARES
                                  COMMON STOCK


                                   PROSPECTUS
                                                , 1997



                            ------------------------


                            DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
______________________________                    ______________________________

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
                  [INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS -- ALTERNATE PAGE]
 
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 22, 1997
    
                               16,900,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     All of the 16,900,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
'Common Stock'), of General Cable Corporation ('General Cable' or the 'Company')
offered  hereby are being sold by  Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., a Netherlands
corporation (the 'Selling Stockholder'), in  concurrent offerings in the  United
States and Canada and outside the United States and Canada (the 'Offerings'). Of
such shares, 3,380,000 are initially being offered outside the United States and
Canada  by  the International  Underwriters  (the 'International  Offering') and
13,520,000 are initially being  offered in the United  States and Canada by  the
U.S.  Underwriters (the  'United States Offering').  The per share  price to the
public and per share  underwriting discounts and  commissions for the  Offerings
will  be identical. See 'Underwriting.' The Company  will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of the shares offered hereby.
   
     Prior to the Offerings, the Company  has been a wholly-owned subsidiary  of
the  Selling Stockholder. Following  consummation of the  Offerings, the Selling
Stockholder will own approximately 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(or approximately 20%  of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock  if the  U.S.
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
    
   
     Prior  to the  Offerings, there  has been no  public market  for the Common
Stock. It is currently estimated that  the initial public offering price of  the
Common  Stock  will be  between $21.00  and $24.00.  See 'Underwriting'  for the
factors to be considered in determining  the initial public offering price.  The
Common  Stock has been approved for listing  on the New York Stock Exchange (the
'NYSE'), subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol 'GCN'.
    
     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF  COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, SEE 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGES 7 - 11.
                            ------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
                 REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                    ----------------------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Underwriting              Proceeds to
                                                          Price to               Discounts and                Selling
                                                           Public                 Commissions*             Stockholder`D'
<S>                                                          <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Share.......................................             $                         $                         $
Total`DD'.......................................             $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
* The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholder  have  agreed  to  indemnify  the
  Underwriters against  certain  liabilities, including  liabilities  under  the
  Securities Act of 1933. See 'Underwriting.'
 
   
`D' Before  deducting expenses of the Offerings estimated to be $       , all of
    which are payable by the Selling Stockholder.
    
   
`DD' The Selling Stockholder has granted  the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day  option
     to  purchase up to 2,535,000 additional shares  of Common Stock on the same
     terms per share solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option  is
     exercised in full, the total price to public will be $          , the total
     underwriting  discounts and commissions will  be $            and the total
     proceeds to  the  Selling  Stockholder  will  be $                   .  See
     'Underwriting.'
    
                            ------------------------
     The  Common Stock is being  offered by the Underwriters  as set forth under
'Underwriting' herein. It is expected that delivery of the Common Stock  offered
hereby  will be made  at the offices of  Dillon, Read & Co.  Inc., New York, New
York or  through the  facilities of  The Depository  Trust Company  on or  about
               ,  1997 against payment  therefor. The International Underwriters
include:
DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                     MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
                                            SBC WARBURG
                                            A DIVISION OF SWISS BANK CORPORATION
            The date of this Prospectus is                   , 1997.
 
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS  BEEN FILED  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR  MAY
OFFERS  TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO  THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  THE
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL  PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  [INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS -- ALTERNATE PAGE]

______________________________                    ______________________________
 
     NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF
GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS  MAY NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS
HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY,  THE  SELLING  STOCKHOLDER  OR   ANY
UNDERWRITER.   THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL,  OR
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES  OFFERED
BY THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN  OFFER TO BUY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED,  OR TO ANY PERSON TO  WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE  ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH  OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  IS  NOT QUALIFIED  TO  DO SO.  NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN  THE
AFFAIRS  OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE  DATE HEREOF  OR THAT  INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PAGE
                                              ----
<S>                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................      3
Risk Factors...............................      7
The Company................................     11
Use of Proceeds............................     11
Dividends..................................     12
Dilution...................................     12
Capitalization.............................     13
Selected Financial Data....................     14
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.........     16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...............................     17
Business...................................     23
Management.................................     37
Selling Stockholder........................     45
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions.............................     45
Description of Capital Stock...............     46
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............     50
Certain U.S. Federal Tax Consequences to
  Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock.........     52
Underwriting...............................     54
Legal Matters..............................     57
Experts....................................     57
Available Information......................     58
Index to Financial Statements..............    F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
     UNTIL                 ,  1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL  DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS   OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
 
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                            ------------------------

                               16,900,000 SHARES
                                  COMMON STOCK

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                                , 1997
                            ------------------------

                            DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
                                  SBC WARBURG
                      A DIVISION OF SWISS BANK CORPORATION
 
______________________________                    ______________________________
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
   
     The  following is an itemization of the expenses to be borne by the Selling
Stockholder  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the  securities  being
registered  hereunder. All such expenses (other  than the registration, NASD and
NYSE fees) are estimated.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee...............................   $141,346
NASD fee..........................................................................     30,500
NYSE listing fee..................................................................    151,100
Legal fees and expenses...........................................................      *
Accounting fees...................................................................      *
Printing costs and expenses.......................................................      *
Miscellaneous.....................................................................      *
                                                                                     --------
     Total........................................................................   $  *
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     (a) Section  145  of the  Delaware  General Corporation  Law  (the  'DGCL')
provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened  to be made a  party to any threatened,  pending or completed action,
suit or  proceeding, whether  civil, criminal,  administrative or  investigative
(other  than an action by or  in the right of the  corporation) by reason of the
fact that  he  is  or  was  a director,  officer,  employee,  or  agent  of  the
corporation,  or  is or  was  serving at  the request  of  the corporation  as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by him in connection with such action,  suit, or proceeding if he acted in  good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests  of  the corporation,  and,  with respect  to  any criminal  action or
proceeding, had no  reasonable cause to  believe his conduct  was unlawful.  The
termination  of any action,  suit or proceeding  by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon  plea of nolo  contendere or its  equivalent, shall not,  of
itself,  create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which  he  reasonably believed  to  be in  or  not opposed  to  the  best
interests  of  the  corporation, or,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or
proceeding, that  he  had reasonable  cause  to  believe that  his  conduct  was
unlawful.
 
     Section  145 of the DGCL also provides that a corporation may indemnify any
person who  was or  is a  party or  is  threatened to  be made  a party  to  any
threatened,  pending, or  completed action  or suit  by or  in the  right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he  is
or  was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the  corporation as a director, officer, employee,  or
agent  of  another  corporation or  is  or was  serving  at the  request  of the
corporation as a director,  officer, employee or  agent of another  corporation,
partnership,   joint  venture,  trust  or   other  enterprise  against  expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him   in
connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the  corporation and except that  no indemnification shall  be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that
the  Court of  Chancery or the  court in which  such action or  suit was brought
shall determine upon  adjudication that, despite  the adjudication of  liability
but  in view  of all the  circumstances of the  case, such person  is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such  expenses which the Court of  Chancery
or such other court shall deem proper.
 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     Any  such indemnification (unless ordered by a  court) shall be made by the
corporation only as authorized  in the specific case  upon a determination  that
indemnification  of the  director, officer, employee  or agent is  proper in the
circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth above. Such determination shall be made:
 
          (1) by  the  Board  of  Directors  by a  majority  vote  of  a  quorum
     consisting  of  directors who  were  not parties  to  such action,  suit or
     proceeding; or
 
          (2) if  such a  quorum is  not obtainable,  or, even  if obtainable  a
     quorum  of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel
     in a written opinion; or
 
          (3) by the stockholders.
 
     Section 145 of the DGCL permits a Delaware business corporation to purchase
and maintain  insurance on  behalf  of any  person who  is  or was  a  director,
officer,  employee or  agent of  the corporation,  or is  or was  serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of  another
corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust  or other enterprise against any
liability asserted against such person and incurred by him in any such capacity,
or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would  have
the power to indemnify such person.
 
     (b)  Article IX  of the  Company's By-laws,  as amended,  provides that the
Company shall,  to the  fullest extent  permitted under  the DGCL  or any  other
applicable  law, as may from time to time be in effect, indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative, by reason of the fact that  such person is or was a member  of
the  board  of directors  or  an officer  of the  Company  or controller  of the
Company, or is or was serving at the  request of the Company as a member of  the
board  of directors  or an  officer of  another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise,  against all expenses (including  attorneys'
fees),  judgments, fines and amounts paid  in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such  person in  connection with  such action,  suit or  proceeding.
Article  IX also provides  that expenses incurred  by an officer  or director or
controller of  the Company  in defending  a civil  or criminal  action, suit  or
proceeding  shall be paid by the Company  in advance of the final disposition of
such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt  of an undertaking by or on  behalf
of  such director,  officer or controller  to repay  such amount if  it shall be
ultimately determined  that he  or she  is  not entitled  to be  indemnified  as
authorized  by  the  DGCL.  Persons  who  are  not  officers,  directors  or the
controller of  the Company  and  who are  or were  employees  or agents  of  the
Company,  or are or were  serving at the request of  the Company as employees or
agents of  another  corporation,  partnership, joint  venture,  trust  or  other
enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time
to  time by  the board  of directors. The  right to  indemnification provided by
Article IX of  the Company's By-laws  is not  exclusive of any  other rights  to
which  those indemnified may be entitled by law or otherwise, and shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, controller, employee or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and  administrators
of such person.
 
     (c)  Section  8.2 of  the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation contains
provisions relating to  indemnification similar to  the provisions contained  in
Article IX of the Company's By-laws which are described above.
 
     (d)  The  Underwriting  Agreements  among  the  Underwriters,  the  Selling
Stockholder and the Company relating to the Common Stock contain provisions with
respect to indemnification of directors and  certain officers of the Company  by
the Underwriters under certain circumstances.
 
     (e)  The directors  and officers  of the  Company are  covered by Wassall's
global directors' and officers' insurance policy, which coverage will  terminate
upon consummation of the Offerings. The Company intends to purchase a directors'
and   officers'  insurance  policy  which  will  provide  coverage  for  certain
liabilities that  directors and  officers  of the  Company  may incur  in  their
capacity as such.
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     None.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
- ------   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>
 *1.1    Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.
 *1.2    Form of International Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
 *4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
 *5.1    Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as to the legality of the Common Stock.
 10.1    Stock and Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1994 (filed as Exhibit (c)(2) to the Schedule
         14D-1 of Wassall PLC and the Registrant filed with the Commission on May 11, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference).
*10.2    Form of Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, and the
         lenders signatory thereto.
*10.3    General Cable Corporation 1997 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan.
*10.4    General Cable Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.
*10.5    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Stephen Rabinowitz and the Registrant.
*10.6    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Gregory B. Kenny and the Registrant.
*10.7    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Christopher F. Virgulak and the Registrant.
*10.8    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Robert J. Siverd and the Registrant.
*10.9    Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Stephen Rabinowitz and the Registrant.
*10.10   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Gregory B. Kenny and the Registrant.
*10.11   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Christopher F. Virgulak and the
         Registrant.
*10.12   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Robert J. Siverd and the Registrant.
*10.13   Registration Rights Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Wassall Netherlands Cable BV and the
         Registrant.
*10.14   Intercompany Agreement, dated               , 1997, among Wassall PLC, Wassall Netherlands Cable BV and
         the Registrant.
*10.15   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Wassall PLC and General Cable Industries,
         Inc.
**21.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
*23.2    Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
**24.1   Powers of Attorney.
 27.1    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 * To be filed by amendment.
 
** Previously filed
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedule
 
     The  following  financial  statement  schedule  of  the  Company  is  filed
herewith:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE                                                DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
II.        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
     (1) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and  controlling persons  of  the
Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised  that in  the opinion  of the  Commission such  indemnification
 
                                      II-3
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
is  against public policy  as expressed in  the Exchange Act  and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In  the  event that  a  claim for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the  payment by the Registrant  of expenses incurred or
paid by  a director,  officer or  controlling person  of the  Registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy  as  expressed in  the Exchange  Act and  will be  governed by  the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
     (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted  from the  Prospectus  filed as  part of  this  Registration
Statement  in reliance upon Rule  430A and contained in  the Prospectus filed by
the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities
Act  shall be deemed  part of the Registration  Statement as of  the time it was
declared effective.
 
     (3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities  Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to  be a new registration statement  relating to the securities offered therein,
and the offering  of such  securities at  that time shall  be deemed  to be  the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     (4)  The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriters  at   the  closing   specified  in   the  underwriting   agreements
certificates  in such denominations and registered  in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly  authorized, in the City of New  York,
State of New York on April 22, 1997.
    
 
                                          GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                          By:       /s/ STEPHEN RABINOWITZ
                                             ...................................
                                            STEPHEN RABINOWITZ
                                            CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND
                                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed  by or on behalf of the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                               DATE
- -----------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------   -------------------
 
<C>                                        <S>                                              <C>
         /S/ STEPHEN RABINOWITZ            Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer       April 22, 1997
 ........................................    and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
          (STEPHEN RABINOWITZ)
 
                   **                      Executive Vice President, Chief Operating          April 22, 1997
 ........................................    Officer and Director
           (GREGORY B. KENNY)
 
                    *                      Director                                           April 22, 1997
 ........................................
            (KEVIN J. DOYLE)
 
                    *                      Director                                           April 22, 1997
 ........................................
            (DAVID A. ROPER)
 
                   **                      Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial       April 22, 1997
 ........................................    and Accounting Officer)
        (CHRISTOPHER F. VIRGULAK)
 
      *By: /s/ MARSHALL D. GRINGAUZ
 ........................................
          MARSHALL D. GRINGAUZ,
            ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
       **By: /s/ ROBERT J. SIVERD
 ........................................
            ROBERT J. SIVERD
            ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                 SCHEDULE II
 
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                         ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCES
                                (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                  PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------                                          FOR THE YEARS
                                                FOR THE PERIOD        FOR THE PERIOD                   ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                JANUARY 1, 1994       JUNE 9, 1994 TO       ----------------------------------------
                                                TO JUNE 8, 1994      DECEMBER 31, 1994             1995                  1996
                                                ---------------      -----------------      ------------------    ------------------
<S>                                             <C>                  <C>                    <C>                   <C>

Accounts Receivable Allowances:
     Beginning balance.....................          $10.2                 $10.2                  $ 10.7                 $8.1
          Provision........................             .6                    .9                      .7                  1.3
          Write-offs.......................            (.6)                  (.4)                   (3.3)                (1.0)
                                                    ------                ------                  ------                -----
     Ending balance........................          $10.2                 $10.7                  $  8.1                 $8.4
                                                    ------                ------                  ------                -----
                                                    ------                ------                  ------                -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1<PAGE>

<PAGE>                                 EXHIBIT INDEX 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
- ------   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>
 *1.1    Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.
 *1.2    Form of International Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
 *4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
 *5.1    Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as to the legality of the Common Stock.
 10.1    Stock and Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1994 (filed as Exhibit (c)(2) to the Schedule
         14D-1 of Wassall PLC and the Registrant filed with the Commission on May 11, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference).
*10.2    Form of Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, and the
         lenders signatory thereto.
*10.3    General Cable Corporation 1997 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan.
*10.4    General Cable Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.
*10.5    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Stephen Rabinowitz and the Registrant.
*10.6    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Gregory B. Kenny and the Registrant.
*10.7    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Christopher F. Virgulak and the Registrant.
*10.8    Employment Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Robert J. Siverd and the Registrant.
*10.9    Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Stephen Rabinowitz and the Registrant.
*10.10   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Gregory B. Kenny and the Registrant.
*10.11   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Christopher F. Virgulak and the
         Registrant.
*10.12   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Robert J. Siverd and the Registrant.
*10.13   Registration Rights Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Wassall Netherlands Cable BV and the
         Registrant.
*10.14   Intercompany Agreement, dated               , 1997, among Wassall PLC, Wassall Netherlands Cable BV and
         the Registrant.
*10.15   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated               , 1997, between Wassall PLC and General Cable Industries,
         Inc.
**21.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
*23.2    Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
**24.1   Powers of Attorney.
 27.1    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------

 * To be filed by amendment.
 
** Previously filed

                              STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
                              ------------------------

           The trademark symbol shall be expressed as.............. 'tm'
           The registered trademark symbol shall be expressed as... 'r'
           The dagger symbol shall be expressed as................. `D'
           The double dagger symbol shall be expressed as.......... `DD'



<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

         This document  constitutes an amendment and restatement of the original
Certificate of Incorporation of General Cable  Corporation (the  "Corporation"),
which was filed with the  Secretary of State of Delaware on April 22, 1994 under
the name "Coil Acquisition Holdings Corp." This Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation  was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections
245(c) and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL").

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME

         The name of the Corporation is General Cable Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE II

                          ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE;
                            NAME OF REGISTERED AGENT

         The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of
Delaware  is  Corporation  Trust  Center,  1209  Orange  Street,  in the City of
Wilmington,  County of New Castle,  19801.  The name of its registered  agent at
that address in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company.

                                   ARTICLE III

                               PURPOSE AND POWERS

         The  purpose  of the  Corporation  is to  engage in any  lawful  act or
activity for which a  corporation  may now or  hereafter be organized  under the
DGCL. The Corporation  shall have all powers that may now or hereafter be lawful
for a corporation to exercise under the DGCL.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         SECTION  4.1.  Total  Number of Shares  of Stock.  The total  number of
shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation shall have authority
to issue is one hundred million  (100,000,000)  shares.  The authorized  capital
stock is divided  into  twenty five  million  (25,000,000)  shares of  preferred
stock, of the par value of $.01 each (the "Preferred  Stock"),  and seventy-five
million  (75,000,000) shares of common stock, of the par value of $.01 each (the
"Common Stock").

         SECTION 4.2.  Preferred Stock. (a) The shares of Preferred Stock of the
Corporation  may be issued  from time to time in one or more  classes  or series
thereof,  the  shares of each such class or series  thereof to have such  voting
powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations,



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









preferences and relative,  participating,  optional or other special rights, and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as are stated and expressed
herein or in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class
or series,  adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation  (the "Board of
Directors") as hereinafter provided.

         (b)  Authority is hereby  expressly  granted to the Board of Directors,
subject to the provisions of this Article IV and to the  limitations  prescribed
by the DGCL, to authorize the issue of one or more classes,  or series  thereof,
of  Preferred  Stock and with  respect  to each  such  class or series to fix by
resolution  or  resolutions  providing for the issue of such class or series the
voting  powers,  full or limited,  if any, of the shares of such class or series
and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights, and  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof.  The
authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each class or series thereof
shall  include,  but not be  limited  to,  the  determination  or  fixing of the
following:

                  (i) the maximum  number of shares to constitute  such class or
         series, which may subsequently be increased or decreased by resolutions
         of the Board of Directors unless  otherwise  provided in the resolution
         providing  for the  issue of such  class  or  series,  the  distinctive
         designation  thereof and the stated value thereof if different than the
         par value thereof;

                 (ii) the dividend rate of such class or series,  the conditions
         and dates upon which such  dividends  shall be  payable,  the  relation
         which such dividends  shall bear to the dividends  payable on any other
         class or classes of stock or any other  series of any class of stock of
         the  Corporation,  and whether such  dividends  shall be  cumulative or
         noncumulative;

                (iii)  whether  the  shares  of such  class or  series  shall be
         subject to redemption, in whole or in part, and if made subject to such
         redemption  the times,  prices and other terms and  conditions  of such
         redemption,  including  whether or not such redemption may occur at the
         option of the  Corporation  or at the  option of the  holder or holders
         thereof or upon the happening of a specified event;

                 (iv) the terms and amount of any sinking fund  established  for
         the purchase or redemption of the shares of such class or series;

                  (v) whether or not the shares of such class or series shall be
         convertible  into or  exchangeable  for  shares of any  other  class or
         classes  of any stock or any other  series of any class of stock of the
         Corporation,  and, if provision is made for conversion or exchange, the
         times, prices,  rates,  adjustments,  and other terms and conditions of
         such conversion or exchange;

                 (vi) the extent, if any, to which the holders of shares of such
         class or series  shall be entitled to vote with respect to the election
         or directors or otherwise;

                 (vii) the restrictions,  if any, on the issue or reissue of any
         additional Preferred Stock;

               (viii) the  rights of the  holders of the shares of such class or
         series upon the dissolution of, or upon the subsequent  distribution of
         assets of, the Corporation; and

                                        2



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                 (ix) the manner in which any facts  ascertainable  outside  the
         resolution  or  resolutions  providing  for the issue of such  class or
         series shall operate upon the voting powers, designations, preferences,
         rights, and  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions of such class
         or series.

         SECTION  4.3.  Common  Stock.   The  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the
Corporation  shall be of one and the same  class.  The  holders of Common  Stock
shall have one vote per share of Common Stock on all matters on which holders of
Common Stock are entitled to vote.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         SECTION 5.1. Powers of the Board of Directors. The business and affairs
of the  Corporation  shall be managed by or under the  direction of its Board of
Directors. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the
laws of the State of Delaware,  the Board of  Directors is expressly  authorized
to:

               (a) adopt,  amend,  alter,  change or repeal  the  By-Laws of the
         Corporation; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted shall
         invalidate any prior act of the directors that would have been valid if
         such new By-Laws had not been adopted;

               (b) determine the rights,  powers,  duties,  rules and procedures
         that  affect the power of the Board of  Directors  to manage and direct
         the business  and affairs of the  Corporation,  including  the power to
         designate and empower  committees of the Board of Directors,  to elect,
         appoint and empower the officers  and other agents of the  Corporation,
         and to determine  the time and place of, the notice  requirements  for,
         Board meetings,  as well as quorum and voting requirements for, and the
         manner of taking, Board action; and

               (c)  exercise  all such  powers  and do all  such  acts as may be
         exercised or done by the Corporation,  subject to the provisions of the
         DGCL,  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and  the  By-Laws  of the
         Corporation.

         SECTION 5.2. Number of Directors.  The number of directors constituting
the entire Board of  Directors  shall be not less than three nor more than nine.
Subject to the foregoing  limitation  the number of directors  constituting  the
Board of Directors shall be determined  from time to time  exclusively by a vote
of a majority of the Board of Directors in office at the time of such vote.

         SECTION 5.3.  Classified  Board of Directors.  The  directors  shall be
divided into three  classes,  with each class to be as nearly equal in number as
reasonably  possible,  and with the initial term of office of the first class of
directors to expire at the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders, the initial term
of office of the second class of directors to expire at the 1999 annual  meeting
of  stockholders  and the initial term of office of the third class of directors
to expire at the 2000  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  in each case upon the
election and qualification of their successors.  Commencing with the 1998 annual
meeting of  stockholders,  directors  elected to succeed those  directors  whose
terms have  thereupon  expired shall be elected to a term of office to expire at
the third succeeding  annual meeting of stockholders  after their election,  and
upon the  election  and  qualification  of their  successors.  If the  number of
directors is changed,  any increase or decrease shall be  apportioned  among the
classes so as to maintain or attain the

                                        3



<PAGE>

<PAGE>




number of directors in each class as nearly equal as reasonably possible, but in
no case will a  decrease  in the  number of  directors  shorten  the term of any
incumbent director.

         SECTION 5.4. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any
reason and any newly created directorship resulting by reason of any increase in
the number of directors may be filled only by the Board of Directors,  acting by
a majority  of the  remaining  directors  then in office,  although  less than a
quorum,  or by a sole remaining  director,  and any directors so appointed shall
hold office until the next election of the class for which such  directors  have
been chosen and until their successors are elected and qualified.

         SECTION  5.5.  Removal of  Directors.  Except as may be  provided  in a
resolution or resolutions  providing for any class or series of Preferred  Stock
pursuant  to Article IV hereof  with  respect  to any  directors  elected by the
holders of such class or series, any director, or the entire Board of Directors,
may be removed  from  office at any time,  but only for  cause,  and only by the
affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  66-2/3% of the voting power of all
of the  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Corporation  then  entitled  to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                STOCKHOLDER ACTIONS AND MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

         Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions  providing for
any class or series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof, any action
required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be
effected at a duly called annual or special  meeting of such holders and may not
be effected by any written consent in lieu of a meeting by such holders. Special
meetings of  stockholders  of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of
Directors  pursuant to a resolution  adopted by a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors then in office. Elections of directors need not be by written
ballot,  unless otherwise provided in the By-Laws.  For purposes of all meetings
of stockholders,  a quorum shall consist of a majority of the shares entitled to
vote at such meeting of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

         No  person  shall  be  personally  liable  to  the  Corporation  or its
stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,
including,  without limitation,  directors serving on committees of the Board of
Directors;  provided,  however,  that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit
the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty
to the Corporation or its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good
faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation of law,
(iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any  transaction  from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit.  If the DGCL is amended hereafter
to  authorize  corporate  action  further  eliminating  or limiting the personal
liability of  directors,  then the  liability  of a director of the  Corporation
shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest  extent  permitted by the DGCL, as
so amended. Any amendment,  repeal or modification of this Article VII shall not
adversely  affect  any right or  protection  of a  director  of the  Corporation
existing  hereunder with respect to any act or omission  occurring prior to such
amendment, repeal or modification.

                                        4



<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

         The Board of  Directors  shall have the power to adopt,  amend,  alter,
change or repeal any By-Laws of the Corporation.  In addition,  the stockholders
of the Corporation may adopt,  amend, alter, change or repeal any By-Laws of the
Corporation  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the
voting  power of all of the  shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation  then
entitled to vote  generally in the election of directors,  voting  together as a
single class (notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified
by DGCL).

                                   ARTICLE IX

                    AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

         The Corporation  hereby reserves the right to amend,  alter,  change or
repeal any  provision  contained in this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  in any
manner permitted by DGCL and all rights and powers conferred upon  stockholders,
directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation. Except as
may be provided in a resolution or resolutions providing for any class or series
of Preferred  Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof and which relate to such class
or series of Preferred Stock, any such amendment,  alteration,  change or repeal
shall require the affirmative  vote of both (a) a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors  then in office and (b) a majority of the voting power of all
of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation  entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors,  voting  together as a single class;  except that any
proposal  to amend,  alter,  change or repeal the  provisions  of  Section  5.3,
Section 5.5,  Article VI,  Article  VIII and this  Article IX shall  require the
affirmative  vote of 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the shares of capital
stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,  voting  together
as a single class.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  SEVERABILITY

         In the  event  that  any of  the  provisions  of  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation  (including any provision  within a single  Section,  paragraph or
sentence) are held by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  void or
otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions are severable and shall remain
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

                                        5



<PAGE>

<PAGE>








         THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being  the  President  of the  Corporation,  for the
purpose of amending  and  restating  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
Corporation  pursuant to the DGCL, does make this Certificate,  hereby declaring
and  certifying  that this is the act and deed of the  Corporation  and that the
facts herein stated are true,  and  accordingly  have hereunto set my hand as of
the 18th day of April, 1997.

                                      /s/ Stephen Rabinowitz
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Stephen Rabinowitz, Chairman, President
                                        and Chief Executive Officer


                                      ATTEST:


                                      /s/ Robert J. Siverd
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Robert J. Siverd, Executive Vice
                                        President, General Counsel and
                                        Secretary


                                        6

<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                            (a Delaware corporation)

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  Stockholders

                  SECTION 1. Annual Meetings. (a) All annual meetings of the
Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place as shall
be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the
notice of the meeting. Special meetings of Stockholders for any other purpose
may be held at such time and place as shall be stated in the notice of the
meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

                  (b) Annual meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date
and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect, by
a plurality vote, a Board of Directors or, during such time as the certificate
of incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation")
provides for a classified Board of Directors, that class of directors the term
of which shall expire at the meeting, and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.

                  (c) Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place,
date, and hour of the meeting shall be given to each Stockholder entitled to
vote at such meeting not less than ten days nor more than 60 days prior to the
date of the meeting. A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person
entitled thereto, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be
deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends
the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.

                                        1



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                  (d) The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Stockholder who is
present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the Stockholders
entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the
books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of
Stockholders.

                  SECTION 2. Special Meetings. (a) Special meetings of the
Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be called by the Chairman,
President or Secretary only at the request in writing of a majority of the Board
of Directors then in office. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of
the proposed meeting.

                  (b) Written notice of a special meeting stating the place,
date, and hour of the meeting and, in general terms, the purpose or purposes for
which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten days nor more than
sixty days prior to the date of the meeting, to each Stockholder entitled to
vote at such meeting. Special meetings may be held at such place as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix
such place, the meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation.

                  (c) Business transacted at any special meeting of
Stockholders, other than procedural matters and matters relating to the conduct
of the meeting, shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the
notice.

                  SECTION 3. Quorums. (a) The holders of a majority of the stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy,

                                        2



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") or by the Certificate of Incorporation. Unless
these By-Laws otherwise require, when a meeting is adjourned to another time or
place, whether or not a quorum is present, notice need not be given of the
adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at
which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a
new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at the
meeting. When a quorum is once present it is not broken by the subsequent
withdrawal of any Stockholder.

                  (b) When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one on which, by express provision of the DGCL or of the
Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such
express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

                  SECTION 4. Organization. Meetings of Stockholders shall be
presided over by the Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Chairman's absence,
the President, if any, or if none or in the President's absence, by a Chairman
to be chosen by the Stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or
by proxy at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary's
absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of every meeting and keep
the minutes thereof, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is
present, the presiding officer of the meeting shall appoint any person present
to act as secretary of the meeting. The order of business at all meetings of
stockholders shall be as determined by the Chairman of the meeting.

                  SECTION 5. Voting; Proxies; Required Vote. (a) At each meeting
of Stockholders, every Stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by
proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such Stockholder or
by such Stockholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact (but no such proxy shall
be voted or acted upon after three years

                                        3



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period) and, unless the
DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation (including resolutions designating any
class or series of preferred stock pursuant to Article IV of the Certificate of
Incorporation) provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each share of stock
entitled to vote registered in the name of such Stockholder on the books of the
Corporation on the applicable record date fixed pursuant to these By-Laws. At
all elections of directors the voting may but need not be by ballot and a
plurality of the votes cast there shall elect directors. Except as otherwise
required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any other action shall be
authorized by a majority of the votes cast.

                  (b) Where the holders of a class or classes of shares of the
Corporation, present in person or represented by proxy, shall be entitled to
vote separately as a class on any matter, the affirmative vote of the majority
of shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at
the meeting shall be the act of such class, unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation.

                  SECTION 6. Inspector of Election. The Board of Directors, in
advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of
election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or
inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but
need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be
appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by
appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by
the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the
discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to
execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and
according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine
the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the
shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the
validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the
right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the
result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with
fairness to all Stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting,
the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any
challenge, question or matter

                                        4



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









determined by such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact
found by such inspector or inspectors.

                  SECTION 7. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations. (a) No
proposal for a stockholder vote shall be submitted by a stockholder (a
"Stockholder Proposal") to the Corporation's stockholders unless the stockholder
submitting such proposal (the "Proponent") shall have filed a written notice
setting forth with particularity (i) the names and business addresses of the
Proponent and all persons or entities (collectively, the "Persons") acting in
concert with the Proponent; (ii) the name and address of the Proponent and the
Persons identified in clause (i), as they appear on the Corporation's books (if
they so appear); (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
beneficially owned by the Proponent and the Persons identified in clause (i);
(iv) a description of the Stockholder Proposal containing all material
information relating thereto; and (v) such other information as the Board of
Directors reasonably determines is necessary or appropriate to enable the Board
of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation to consider the Stockholder
Proposal. The presiding officer at any stockholders' meeting may determine that
any Stockholder Proposal was not made in accordance with the procedures
prescribed in these By-Laws or is otherwise not in accordance with law, and if
it is so determined, such officer shall so declare at the meeting and the
Stockholder Proposal shall be disregarded.

                  (b) Only persons who are selected and recommended by the Board
of Directors or the committee of the Board of Directors designated to make
nominations (if any), or who are nominated by stockholders in accordance with
the procedures set forth in this Section 7, shall be eligible for election, or
qualified to serve, as directors. Nominations of individuals for election to the
Board of Directors of the Corporation at any annual meeting or any special
meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected may be made by any
stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at
that meeting by compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7.
Nominations by stockholders shall be made by written notice (a "Nomination
Notice"), which shall set forth (i) as to each individual nominated, (A) the
name, date of birth, business address and residence address of such individual;
(B) the business experience during the past five years of such nominee,
including his or her principal occupations and employment during such period,
the name and principal

                                        5



<PAGE>

<PAGE>




business of any corporation or other organization in which such occupations and
employment were carried on, and such other information as to the nature of his
or her responsibilities and level of professional competence as may be
sufficient to permit assessment of his or her prior business experience; (C)
whether the nominee is or has ever been at any time a director, officer or owner
of 5% or more of any class of capital stock, partnership interests or other
equity interest of any corporation, partnership or other entity; (D) any
directorships held by such nominee in any company with a class of securities
registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of such Act or any
company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended; and (E) whether, in the last five years, such nominee has been
convicted in a criminal proceeding or has been subject to a judgment, order,
finding or decree of any federal, state or other governmental entity, concerning
any violation of federal, state or other law, or any proceeding in bankruptcy,
which conviction, order, finding, decree or proceeding may be material to an
evaluation of the ability or integrity of the nominee; and (ii) as to the Person
submitting the Nomination Notice and any Person acting in concert with such
Person, (x) the name and business address of such Person, (y) the name and
address of such Person as they appear on the Corporation's books (if they so
appear), and (z) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are
beneficially owned by such Person. A written consent to being named in a proxy
statement as a nominee, and to serve as a director if elected, signed by the
nominee, shall be filed with any Nomination Notice. If the presiding officer at
any stockholders' meeting determines that a nomination was not made in
accordance with the procedures prescribed by these By-Laws, he shall so declare
to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

                  (c) Stockholder Proposals and Nomination Notices shall be
delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation
60 days or more before the date of the stockholders' meeting if such Stockholder
Proposal or Nomination Notice is to be submitted at an annual stockholders'
meeting. Stockholder Proposals and Nomination Notices shall be delivered to the
Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation no later than the
close of business on the 15th day following the day on which notice of the date
of a special meeting of stockholders was given if the Stockholder Proposal or

                                        6



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



Nomination Notice is to be submitted at a special stockholders' meeting.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               Board of Directors

                  SECTION 1. General Powers. The business, property and affairs
of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of
Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such
lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation
or by these By-laws directed or required to be exercised by the Stockholders.

                  SECTION 2. Qualification; Number; Term; Remuneration. (a) Each
director shall be at least 18 years of age. A director need not be a
Stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of
Delaware. The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be such
number as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, but shall be
not less than three nor more than nine. One of the directors may be selected by
the Board of Directors to be its Chairman, who shall preside at meetings of the
Stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall have such other duties, if
any, as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors. In the
absence of formal selection, the President of the Corporation shall serve as
Chairman. The use of the phrase "entire Board" herein refers to the total number
of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

                  (b) Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum
for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as
director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing Committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
Committee meetings.

                  SECTION 3. Quorum and Manner of Voting. Except as otherwise
provided by law, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a
quorum. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present,
may adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without
notice. The vote of the majority of the

                                        7



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
the Board of Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place,
whether or not a quorum is present, notice need not be given of the adjourned
meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the
adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

                  SECTION 4. Annual Meeting. At the next regular meeting
following the annual meeting of Stockholders, the newly elected Board of
Directors shall meet for the purpose of the election of officers and the
transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

                  SECTION 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such places and such times as the Board of Directors
shall from time to time by resolution determine. After the place and time of
regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice
thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors,
regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.

                  SECTION 6. Special Meetings. Notice of the date, time and
place of each special meeting shall be mailed by regular mail to each director
at his designated address at least six days before the meeting; or sent by
overnight courier to each director at his designated address at least two days
before the meeting (with delivery scheduled to occur no later than the day
before the meeting); or given orally by telephone or other means, or by
telegraph or telecopy, or by any other means comparable to any of the foregoing,
to each director at his designated address at least 24 hours before the meeting;
provided, however, that if less than five days' notice is provided and one third
of the members of the Board of Directors then in office object in writing prior
to or at the commencement of the meeting, such meeting shall be postponed until
five days after such notice was given pursuant to this sentence (or such shorter
period to which a majority of those who objected in writing agree), provided
that notice of such postponed meeting shall be given in accordance with this
Section 6. The notice of the special meeting shall state the general purpose of
the

                                        8



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









meeting, but other routine business may be conducted at the special meeting
without such matter being stated in the notice. Only meetings of the Board of
Directors which are duly called pursuant to this Section and Section 5 and
Section 6 of this Article shall constitute official meetings of the Board of
Directors and no other actions shall constitute meetings of the Board of
Directors for purposes of these By-Laws.

                  SECTION 7. Organization. At all meetings of the Board of
Directors, the Chairman or in the Chairman's absence or inability to act, the
President, or in the President's absence, a Chairman chosen by the directors,
shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all
meetings of the Board of Directors when present, and, in the Secretary's
absence, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as Secretary.

                  SECTION 8. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time
upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect
upon receipt thereof by the Chairman or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in
the resignation. Directors may be removed only in the manner provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation.

                  SECTION 9. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in these
By-Laws, vacancies on the Board of Directors, whether caused by resignation,
death, disqualification, removal, an increase in the authorized number of
directors or otherwise, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the remaining directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director.

                  SECTION 10. Preferred Directors. Notwithstanding anything else
contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of
Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to
elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and
other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the
resolutions applicable thereto adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to the
Certificate of Incorporation, and such directors so elected shall not be subject
to the provisions of this Article II unless otherwise provided in such
resolutions.



                                        9



<PAGE>

<PAGE>








                                   ARTICLE III

                                   Committees

                  SECTION 1. Appointment. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more
Committees, each Committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the
Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as
alternate members of any Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified
member at any meeting of the Committee. Any such Committee, to the extent
provided in the resolution, shall, subject to the provisions of Article II,
Section 1 of these By-Laws, have and may exercise the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and
may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may
require it. Such Committee or Committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

                  SECTION 2. Procedures, Quorum and Manner of Acting. Each
Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet where and as
provided by such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as
otherwise provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed
members of a Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business
by that Committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the affirmative
vote of a majority of the members of the Committee present shall be the act of
the Committee. Each Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, and actions
taken by a Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors.

                  SECTION 3. Termination. In the event any person shall cease to
be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith
cease to be a member of any Committee appointed by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

                  SECTION 1. Election and Qualifications. The Board of Directors
at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of Stockholders shall elect
the officers of the Corporation, which shall include a President and a
Secretary, and may include, by election or appointment, a Chairman of the Board,
one or more Vice-Presidents (any one

                                       10



<PAGE>

<PAGE>




or more of whom may be given an additional designation of rank or function), a
Treasurer and such Assistant Secretaries, such Assistant Treasurers and such
other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem proper. Each
officer shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these By-Laws
and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. Any two or
more offices may be held by the same person.

                  SECTION 2. Term of Office and Remuneration. The term of office
of all officers shall be until their respective successors have been elected and
qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal. The remuneration of
all officers of the Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in
such manner as the Board of Directors shall provide.

                  SECTION 3. Resignation; Removal. Any officer may resign at any
time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take
effect upon receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise
specified in the resignation. Any officer shall be subject to removal, with or
without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office
shall be filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine.

                  SECTION 4.  Powers and Duties of Officers.

                  (a) The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one,
shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all
meetings of the Stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall have general
management of and supervisory authority over the property, business and affairs
of the Corporation and its other officers. The Chairman of the Board may execute
and deliver in the name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds
and other obligations and instruments, and shall have such other authority and
perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of
Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall see that all orders and resolutions
of the Board of Directors are carried into effect and shall perform such
additional duties that usually pertain to the office of chief executive officer.

                  (b) If there be no Chairman of the Board, the President shall
be the chief executive officer and shall exercise the powers listed in (a)
above. Otherwise, the President may execute and deliver in the name of the

                                       11



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and
instruments, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties
as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chairman
of the Board.

                  (c) A Vice President may execute and deliver in the name of
the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and
instruments, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties
as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board or the President.

                  (d) The Treasurer shall in general have all duties and
authority incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties and
authority as may be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board or the President. The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of
the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by or at the direction
of the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the
Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board or the President, and shall render, upon request, an account of all such
transactions.

                  (e) The Secretary shall in general have all the duties and
authority incident to the position of Secretary and such other duties and
authority as may be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board or the President. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of
Directors and all meetings of Stockholders and record all the proceedings
thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall
give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Stockholders and
special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall have custody of
the seal of the Corporation and any officer of the Corporation shall have
authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed,
it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or any other officer.

                  (f) Any assistant officer shall have the same duties and
authority as the officer whom such assistant officer assists and, in addition,
such other duties and

                                       12



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









authority as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or President
shall from time to time assign.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                 Contracts, Etc.

                  SECTION 1. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any
person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into
or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other
obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

                  SECTION 2. Proxies; Powers of Attorney; Other Instruments. (a)
The Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any other
person designated by any of them shall have the power and authority to execute
and deliver proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments on behalf of the
Corporation in connection with the execution of contracts, the purchase of real
or personal property, the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock
by the Corporation and such other situations as the Chairman, the President,
such Vice President or the Treasurer shall approve, such approval to be
conclusively evidenced by the execution of such proxy, power of attorney or
other instrument on behalf of the Corporation.

                  (b) The Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the
Treasurer or any other person authorized by proxy or power of attorney executed
and delivered by any of them on behalf of the Corporation may attend and vote at
any meeting of stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold
stock, and may exercise on behalf of the Corporation any and all of the rights
and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or
otherwise as specified in the proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such
person. The Board of Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon
any other person.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                Books and Records

                  SECTION 1. Location. The books and records of the Corporation
may be kept at such place or places as the

                                       13



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from time to
time determine. The record books containing the names and addresses of all
Stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and the dates
when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be kept by the
Secretary as prescribed in the By-Laws or by such officer or agent as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors.

                  SECTION 2. Addresses of Stockholders. Notices of meetings and
all other corporate notices may be delivered personally or mailed to each
Stockholder at the Stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation.

                  SECTION 3. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of
Record. (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record
date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date
is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more
than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record
date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining
Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall
be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is
given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of Stockholders
of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall
apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of
Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                  (b) In order that the Corporation may determine the
Stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution
or allotment of any rights or the Stockholders entitled to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of
any other lawful action not contemplated by paragraph (a) of this Section 3, the
Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede
the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which
record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record
date is fixed, the record date for determining Stockholders for any such

                                       14



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of
Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         Certificates Representing Stock

                  SECTION 1. Certificates; Signatures. The shares of the
Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of
Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some
or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated
shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a
certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.
Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors,
every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder
of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or
in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of
Directors, or the President or any Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.
Any or all of the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case
any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such
officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may
be issued by the Corporation with the same

                                       15



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the
date of issue.

                  SECTION 2. Record Ownership. The name of the holder of record
of the shares represented thereby, with the number of such shares and the date
of issue thereof, shall be entered on the books of the Corporation. The
Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of
stock as the holder in fact thereof, and accordingly shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any share on the part
of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice
thereof, except as required by the DGCL. The Board of Directors shall have power
and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient
concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates representing
shares of the Corporation.

                  SECTION 3. Transfer of Record Ownership. Transfer of stock
shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by direction of the person
named in the certificate or such person's attorney, lawfully constituted in
writing, and only upon the surrender of the certificate therefor and a written
assignment of the shares evidenced thereby, which certificate shall be canceled
before the new certificate is issued.

                  SECTION 4. Fractional Shares. The Corporation may, but shall
not be required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary
to effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the fair
value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such
fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or bearer form
over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the Corporation or of
its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip
shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a Stockholder except as therein
provided.

                  SECTION 5. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The
Corporation may issue a new certificate in place of any certificate theretofore
issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of
Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or
his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify
the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the
alleged loss, theft or destruction of any

                                       16



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

                  SECTION 6. Transfer Agents; Registrants; Rules Respecting
Certificates. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or
officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars. The
Board of Directors may make such further rules and regulations as it may deem
expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of stock certificates
of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    Dividends

                  Subject to the provisions of Delaware Law and the Certificate
of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to declare and
pay dividends on the capital stock of the Corporation. Before payment of any
dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available
for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in
its absolute discretion, may determine for any proper purpose, and the Board of
Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Ratification

                  Any transaction, questioned in any lawsuit on the ground of
lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of
director, officer or Stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, or the
application of improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified
before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders, and
if so ratified shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned
transaction had been originally duly authorized. Such ratification shall be
binding upon the Corporation and its Stockholders and shall constitute a bar to
any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned
transaction.


                                       17



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    ARTICLE X

                                 Corporate Seal

                  The corporate seal shall be in form of a circular inscription
which contains the words "Corporate Seal" and such additional information as the
officer inscribing such seal shall determine in such officer's sole discretion.
The corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise displayed or it may be manually
inscribed.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   Fiscal Year

                  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall
be subject to change, by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise fixed by the
Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                Waiver of Notice

                  Whenever notice is required to be given by these By-Laws or by
the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, a written waiver thereof, signed by
the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                   Amendments

                  By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by either the
Board of Directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of
the voting power of all shares of the Corporation's capital stock then entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors.


                                       18



<PAGE>

<PAGE>





                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                 Indemnification

                  SECTION 1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is
made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the
fact (a) that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or
(b) that he or she, being at the time a director or officer of the Corporation,
is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
member, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (collectively, "another enterprise" or "other
enterprise"), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the
fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, with respect to alleged action
or inaction occurring prior to such amendment, only to the extent that such
amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than
permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including,
without limitation, attorneys' and other professionals' fees and expenses,
claims, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in
settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in
connection therewith ("Losses"). Without diminishing the scope of
indemnification provided by this Section 1, such persons shall also be entitled
to the further rights set forth below.

                  SECTION 2. Actions, Suits Or Proceedings Other Than Those By
Or In The Right Of The Corporation. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Article, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in
the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or, being at the time a
director, officer or employee of the Corporation, is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee, fiduciary
or agent of another enterprise, against all Losses, actually and reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection with such

                                       19



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe the conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment,
order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not
act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful.

                  SECTION 3. Actions, Suits Or Proceedings By Or In The Right Of
The Corporation. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to
procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was
a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or being at the time a
director, officer or employee of the Corporation, is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee, fiduciary
or agent of another enterprise against all Losses actually and reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection with the defense or settlement
of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of
Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court
shall deem proper.

                  SECTION 4. Authorization of Indemnification. Any
indemnification under this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by
the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination
that indemnifica- tion of a person is proper in the circumstances because such
person has met the applicable standard of conduct required by Section 1 or set
forth in Section 2 or 3 of this Article, as the case may be. Such determination
shall be made in a



                                       20



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









reasonably prompt manner (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of
directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, whether or
not they constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors, (ii) if there are no
such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in
a written opinion, (iii) by the stockholders or (iv) as the DGCL may otherwise
permit. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any
action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' and other professionals' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in
the specific case.

                  SECTION 5. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any
determination under Section 4 of this Article, a person shall be deemed to have
acted in good faith if the action is based on (a) the records or books of
account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to
such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the
course of their duties, (b) the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or
another enterprise, or (c) information or records given or reports made to the
Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant,
independent financial adviser, appraiser or other expert selected with
reasonable care by the Corporation or the other enterprise. The provisions of
this Section 5 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the
circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable
standard of conduct.

                  SECTION 6. Proceedings Initiated by Indemnified Persons.
Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article to the contrary, the Corporation
shall not indemnify any person or make advance payments in respect of Losses to
any person pursuant to this Article in connection with any Proceeding (or
portion thereof) initiated against the Corporation by such person unless such
Proceeding (or portion thereof) is authorized by the Board of Directors or its
designee; provided, however, that this prohibition shall not apply to a
counterclaim, cross-claim or third-party claim brought in any Proceeding or to
any claims provided for in Section 7 of this Article.

                                       21



<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  SECTION 7. Indemnification By A Court. Notwithstanding any
contrary determination in the specific case under Section 4 of this Article, and
notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director,
officer or employee may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for
indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1, 2 or 3 of
this Article. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this
Section 7 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such
application.

                  SECTION 8. Losses Payable In Advance. Losses reasonably
incurred by an officer or director in defending any threatened or pending
Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition
of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such
director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined
that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as
authorized in this Article. Losses shall be reasonably documented by the officer
or director and required payments shall be made promptly by the Corporation.
Losses incurred by other employees may be so paid upon such terms and
conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

                  SECTION 9. Non-exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification.
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant
to this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the
Certificate of Incorporation, any ByLaw, agreement, contract, vote of
Stockholders or of disinterested directors, or pursuant to the direction
(howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise. The
provisions of this Article shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification
of any person who is not specified in Section 1, 2 or 3 of this Article but whom
the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of
the DGCL, or otherwise. The rights conferred by this Article shall continue as
to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure
to the benefit of such person and the heirs, executors, administrators and other
comparable legal representatives of such person. The rights conferred in this
Article shall be enforceable as contract rights, and shall continue to exist
after any rescission or restrictive modification hereof with respect to events
occurring prior thereto. No rights are conferred in this Article for the

                                       22



<PAGE>

<PAGE>








benefit of any person (including, without limitation, officers, directors and
employees of subsidiaries of the Corporation) in any capacity other than as
explicitly set forth herein.

                  SECTION 10. Meaning of certain terms in connection with
Employee Benefit Plans, etc. For purposes of this Article, references to "fines"
shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee
benefit plan; references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall
include any service as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer or employee,
with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and
a person who has acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be
in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit
plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article.

                  SECTION 11. Insurance. The Corporation may, but shall not be
required to, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or
was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee,
fiduciary or agent of another against any liability asserted against such person
and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such
person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or
the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the
provisions of this Article.

Dated:

                                       23

<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE
 


GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
   
     We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
333-22961  of General Cable Corporation on Form S-1 of our report dated February
7, 1997 (except  for Note 19  as to  which the date  is April 18,  1997) on  the
combined financial statements of General Cable Corporation and related companies
appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and
to the reference to us under the heading 'Experts' in such Prospectus.
    
 
   
     We  also  consent  to the  use  in  this Amendment  No.  2  to Registration
Statement of General Cable Corporation on Form S-1 of our report dated  February
3,  1997 on the  consolidated financial statements  of General Cable Corporation
and subsidiaries (Predecessor), appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part  of
this Registration Statement.
    
 
   
     Our  audits of  the financial statements  referred to in  our reports dated
February 7, 1997 (except for Note 19 as to which the date is April 18, 1997) and
February 3, 1997 also included the financial statement schedule of General Cable
Corporation, listed  in  Item  16.  This financial  statement  schedule  is  the
responsibility of the Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express
an  opinion  based  on our  audits.  In  our opinion,  such  financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as
a whole, presents  fairly in  all material  respects the  information set  forth
therein.
    
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
   
Cincinnati, Ohio
April 22, 1997
    


<PAGE>



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                              5
<MULTIPLIER>                           1,000
       
<S>                                    <C>            <C>
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                      DEC-31-1996      DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                         JAN-01-1996      JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                           MAR-31-1996      MAR-31-1997
<PERIOD-TYPE>                          3-MOS            3-MOS
<CASH>                                     0                2,900
<SECURITIES>                               0                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                              0              156,200
<ALLOWANCES>                               0            9,039,000
<INVENTORY>                                0              165,600
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                           0              362,400
<PP&E>                                     0              160,325
<DEPRECIATION>                             0               31,838
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             0              540,300
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                      0              147,500
<BONDS>                                    0              204,900
<COMMON>                                   0                0 
                      0                0 
                                0                0 
<OTHER-SE>                                 0                116
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               0                540
<SALES>                                258,000            251,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                       258,000            251,000
<CGS>                                  222,000            202,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                          222,000            202,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        27,100             29,600
<LOSS-PROVISION>                           0                  0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                       5,200              4,900
<INCOME-PRETAX>                          3,700             14,300
<INCOME-TAX>                             1,200              5,700
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                      2,500              8,600
<DISCONTINUED>                             0                  0 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                            0                  0 
<CHANGES>                                  0                  0 
<NET-INCOME>                             2,500              8,600
<EPS-PRIMARY>                              .10                .35
<EPS-DILUTED>                              .10                .35
        

<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission